Mercurial > vim
annotate src/edit.c @ 6729:e25417c299bb v7.4.688
updated for version 7.4.688
Problem: When "$" is in 'cpo' the popup menu isn't undrawn correctly.
(Issue 166)
Solution: When using the popup menu remove the "$".
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Tue, 31 Mar 2015 19:18:00 +0200 |
| parents | c939d19bd86e |
| children | 676906c33768 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode | |
| 12 */ | |
| 13 | |
| 14 #include "vim.h" | |
| 15 | |
| 16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 17 /* | |
| 18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode | |
| 19 */ | |
| 20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100 | |
| 21 | |
| 22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1 | |
| 23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2 | |
| 24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3 | |
| 25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4 | |
| 26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8 | |
| 30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11 | |
| 12 | 33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12 |
| 523 | 34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13 |
| 477 | 35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14 |
| 36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */ | |
| 6657 | 37 #define CTRL_X_EVAL 16 /* for builtin function complete() */ |
| 7 | 38 |
| 39 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT] | |
| 6657 | 40 #define CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(m) (m == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || m == CTRL_X_EVAL) |
| 7 | 41 |
| 42 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] = | |
| 43 { | |
| 44 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */ | |
| 819 | 45 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"), |
| 449 | 46 NULL, |
| 7 | 47 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"), |
| 48 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"), | |
| 49 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"), | |
| 50 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"), | |
| 51 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"), | |
| 52 NULL, | |
| 53 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"), | |
| 54 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"), | |
| 12 | 55 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"), |
| 56 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"), | |
| 523 | 57 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"), |
| 819 | 58 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"), |
| 449 | 59 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"), |
| 6657 | 60 NULL, /* CTRL_X_EVAL doesn't use msg. */ |
| 7 | 61 }; |
| 62 | |
| 1869 | 63 static char e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph"); |
| 2631 | 64 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 65 static char e_complwin[] = N_("E839: Completion function changed window"); | |
| 66 static char e_compldel[] = N_("E840: Completion function deleted text"); | |
| 67 #endif | |
| 7 | 68 |
| 69 /* | |
| 70 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion. | |
| 71 */ | |
| 681 | 72 typedef struct compl_S compl_T; |
| 73 struct compl_S | |
| 7 | 74 { |
| 464 | 75 compl_T *cp_next; |
| 76 compl_T *cp_prev; | |
| 77 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */ | |
| 681 | 78 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */ |
| 786 | 79 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */ |
| 659 | 80 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when |
| 81 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */ | |
| 464 | 82 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */ |
| 83 int cp_number; /* sequence number */ | |
| 7 | 84 }; |
| 85 | |
| 464 | 86 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */ |
| 7 | 87 #define FREE_FNAME (2) |
| 88 | |
| 89 /* | |
| 90 * All the current matches are stored in a list. | |
| 449 | 91 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list. |
| 92 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry. | |
| 93 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during | |
| 94 * ins_compl_get_exp(). | |
| 7 | 95 */ |
| 464 | 96 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL; |
| 97 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
| 98 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL; | |
| 449 | 99 |
| 825 | 100 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu, |
| 101 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */ | |
| 102 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
| 103 | |
| 657 | 104 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string |
| 105 * are used. */ | |
| 106 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 107 | |
| 665 | 108 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string |
| 109 in compl_leader */ | |
| 110 | |
| 657 | 111 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When |
| 112 FALSE the match was edited or using | |
| 113 the longest common string. */ | |
| 114 | |
| 874 | 115 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding |
| 116 completions. */ | |
| 117 | |
| 118 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */ | |
| 119 | |
| 449 | 120 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's |
| 121 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */ | |
| 644 | 122 static int compl_started = FALSE; |
| 449 | 123 |
| 1927 | 124 /* Set when doing something for completion that may call edit() recursively, |
| 125 * which is not allowed. */ | |
| 126 static int compl_busy = FALSE; | |
| 127 | |
| 464 | 128 static int compl_matches = 0; |
| 129 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 130 static int compl_direction = FORWARD; | |
| 131 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD; | |
| 716 | 132 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */ |
| 464 | 133 static pos_T compl_startpos; |
| 134 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts | |
| 135 * that is being completed */ | |
| 136 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before | |
| 137 * completion started */ | |
| 138 static int compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 139 static expand_T compl_xp; | |
| 449 | 140 |
| 3078 | 141 static int compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; |
| 142 | |
| 449 | 143 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void)); |
| 144 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt)); | |
| 1430 | 145 static int ins_compl_accept_char __ARGS((int c)); |
| 944 | 146 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup)); |
| 681 | 147 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len)); |
| 665 | 148 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match)); |
| 681 | 149 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase)); |
| 7 | 150 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void)); |
| 540 | 151 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void)); |
| 152 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void)); | |
| 648 | 153 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void)); |
| 707 | 154 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void)); |
| 659 | 155 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus)); |
| 703 | 156 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir)); |
| 667 | 157 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr)); |
| 7 | 158 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void)); |
| 159 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void)); | |
| 657 | 160 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void)); |
| 3078 | 161 static int ins_compl_need_restart __ARGS((void)); |
| 874 | 162 static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void)); |
| 657 | 163 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c)); |
| 3078 | 164 static int ins_compl_len __ARGS((void)); |
| 874 | 165 static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void)); |
| 694 | 166 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str)); |
| 659 | 167 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void)); |
| 540 | 168 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c)); |
| 3095 | 169 static void ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader __ARGS((char_u *ptr_arg)); |
| 7 | 170 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag)); |
| 724 | 171 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 172 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list)); | |
| 3078 | 173 static void ins_compl_add_dict __ARGS((dict_T *dict)); |
| 724 | 174 #endif |
| 659 | 175 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini)); |
| 7 | 176 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void)); |
| 177 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void)); | |
| 665 | 178 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match)); |
| 610 | 179 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c)); |
| 644 | 180 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c)); |
| 610 | 181 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c)); |
| 681 | 182 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c)); |
| 7 | 183 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c)); |
| 1872 | 184 static unsigned quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len)); |
| 7 | 185 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ |
| 186 | |
| 187 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1 | |
| 188 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2 | |
| 189 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3 | |
| 190 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4 | |
| 191 | |
| 661 | 192 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready)); |
| 7 | 193 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void)); |
| 194 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void)); | |
| 195 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int)); | |
| 2004 | 196 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only, int c)); |
| 7 | 197 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int)); |
| 198 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 199 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos)); | |
| 744 | 200 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 201 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void)); |
| 484 | 202 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void)); |
| 497 | 203 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */ |
| 221 | 204 #endif |
| 5434 | 205 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc, int nomove)); |
| 7 | 206 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int)); |
| 207 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void)); | |
| 208 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off)); | |
| 209 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void)); | |
| 210 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 211 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc)); | |
| 212 #endif | |
| 213 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void)); | |
| 1782 | 214 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((int limit_col)); |
| 215 static int del_char_after_col __ARGS((int limit_col)); | |
| 7 | 216 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
| 217 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void)); | |
| 218 #endif | |
| 219 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void)); | |
| 220 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void)); | |
| 449 | 221 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void)); |
| 477 | 222 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove)); |
| 7 | 223 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 224 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void)); | |
| 225 #endif | |
| 226 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 449 | 227 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState)); |
| 228 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void)); | |
| 7 | 229 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc)); |
| 230 static void ins_del __ARGS((void)); | |
| 231 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p)); | |
| 232 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 233 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c)); | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
234 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int dir)); |
| 7 | 235 #endif |
| 692 | 236 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 237 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 238 #endif | |
| 7 | 239 static void ins_left __ARGS((void)); |
| 240 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 241 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 242 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void)); | |
| 243 static void ins_right __ARGS((void)); | |
| 244 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void)); | |
| 245 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
| 246 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void)); | |
| 247 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
| 248 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void)); | |
| 249 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 250 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void)); | |
| 251 #endif | |
| 252 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void)); | |
| 253 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 254 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 255 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void)); | |
| 256 #endif | |
| 449 | 257 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc)); |
| 7 | 258 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 259 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 260 #endif | |
| 261 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void)); | |
| 3390 | 262 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 263 static char_u *do_insert_char_pre __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 264 #endif | |
| 7 | 265 |
| 266 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */ | |
| 267 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */ | |
| 5680 | 268 static int update_Insstart_orig = TRUE; /* set Insstart_orig to Insstart */ |
| 7 | 269 |
| 270 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert, | |
| 271 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */ | |
| 272 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */ | |
| 273 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */ | |
| 603 | 274 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */ |
| 7 | 275 |
| 276 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 277 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */ | |
| 278 #endif | |
| 279 | |
| 280 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ | |
| 281 | |
| 282 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 298 | 283 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */ |
| 284 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */ | |
| 285 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */ | |
| 286 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */ | |
| 7 | 287 #endif |
| 288 | |
| 289 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a | |
| 290 char. Set when edit() is called. | |
| 291 after that arrow_used is used. */ | |
| 292 | |
| 293 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space | |
| 294 under the cursor */ | |
| 295 | |
| 296 /* | |
| 297 * edit(): Start inserting text. | |
| 298 * | |
| 299 * "cmdchar" can be: | |
| 300 * 'i' normal insert command | |
| 301 * 'a' normal append command | |
| 302 * 'R' replace command | |
| 303 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo, | |
| 304 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo. | |
| 305 * 'g' "gI" command. | |
| 306 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode. | |
| 307 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode. | |
| 308 * | |
| 309 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns | |
| 310 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command. | |
| 311 * | |
| 312 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending). | |
| 313 */ | |
| 314 int | |
| 315 edit(cmdchar, startln, count) | |
| 316 int cmdchar; | |
| 317 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */ | |
| 318 long count; | |
| 319 { | |
| 320 int c = 0; | |
| 321 char_u *ptr; | |
| 322 int lastc; | |
| 1869 | 323 int mincol; |
| 7 | 324 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0; |
| 325 int i; | |
| 326 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */ | |
| 327 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 328 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */ | |
| 329 #endif | |
| 330 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */ | |
| 331 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 332 int old_topfill = -1; | |
| 333 #endif | |
| 334 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */ | |
| 335 int replaceState = REPLACE; | |
| 477 | 336 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */ |
| 7 | 337 |
| 603 | 338 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */ |
| 339 did_restart_edit = restart_edit; | |
| 340 | |
| 7 | 341 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an |
| 342 * error message */ | |
| 343 check_for_delay(TRUE); | |
| 344 | |
| 5680 | 345 /* set Insstart_orig to Insstart */ |
| 346 update_Insstart_orig = TRUE; | |
| 347 | |
| 7 | 348 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX |
| 349 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */ | |
| 350 if (sandbox != 0) | |
| 351 { | |
| 352 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); | |
| 353 return FALSE; | |
| 354 } | |
| 355 #endif | |
| 632 | 356 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The |
| 357 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */ | |
| 634 | 358 if (textlock != 0) |
| 632 | 359 { |
| 360 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
| 361 return FALSE; | |
| 362 } | |
| 7 | 363 |
| 364 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 844 | 365 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */ |
| 1927 | 366 if (compl_started || compl_busy || pum_visible()) |
| 844 | 367 { |
| 368 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
| 369 return FALSE; | |
| 370 } | |
| 7 | 371 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */ |
| 372 #endif | |
| 373 | |
| 11 | 374 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 375 /* | |
| 376 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx". | |
| 377 */ | |
| 378 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 379 { | |
| 4027 | 380 pos_T save_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 381 | |
| 532 | 382 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 11 | 383 if (cmdchar == 'R') |
| 384 ptr = (char_u *)"r"; | |
| 385 else if (cmdchar == 'V') | |
| 386 ptr = (char_u *)"v"; | |
| 387 else | |
| 388 ptr = (char_u *)"i"; | |
| 389 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1); | |
| 4448 | 390 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1); /* clear v:char */ |
| 532 | 391 # endif |
| 11 | 392 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 4027 | 393 |
| 4448 | 394 /* Make sure the cursor didn't move. Do call check_cursor_col() in |
| 395 * case the text was modified. Since Insert mode was not started yet | |
| 396 * a call to check_cursor_col() may move the cursor, especially with | |
| 397 * the "A" command, thus set State to avoid that. Also check that the | |
| 398 * line number is still valid (lines may have been deleted). | |
| 399 * Do not restore if v:char was set to a non-empty string. */ | |
| 400 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, save_cursor) | |
| 401 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 402 && *get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR) == NUL | |
| 403 # endif | |
| 404 && save_cursor.lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 4027 | 405 { |
| 406 int save_state = State; | |
| 407 | |
| 408 curwin->w_cursor = save_cursor; | |
| 409 State = INSERT; | |
| 410 check_cursor_col(); | |
| 411 State = save_state; | |
| 412 } | |
| 11 | 413 } |
| 414 #endif | |
| 415 | |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
416 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
417 /* Check if the cursor line needs redrawing before changing State. If |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
418 * 'concealcursor' is "n" it needs to be redrawn without concealing. */ |
|
2428
33148c37f3c9
Changes for VMS. Mostly by Zoltan Arpadffy.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
419 conceal_check_cursur_line(); |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
420 #endif |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
421 |
| 7 | 422 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
| 423 /* | |
| 424 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to | |
| 425 * where the paste started. | |
| 426 */ | |
| 427 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0) | |
| 428 Insstart = where_paste_started; | |
| 429 else | |
| 430 #endif | |
| 431 { | |
| 432 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 433 if (startln) | |
| 434 Insstart.col = 0; | |
| 435 } | |
| 1869 | 436 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
| 7 | 437 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL; |
| 438 if (!did_ai) | |
| 439 ai_col = 0; | |
| 440 | |
| 441 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0) | |
| 442 { | |
| 443 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 444 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count); | |
| 445 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 446 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 447 { | |
| 448 /* "gR" or "gr" command */ | |
| 449 AppendCharToRedobuff('g'); | |
| 450 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R'); | |
| 451 } | |
| 452 else | |
| 453 #endif | |
| 454 { | |
| 455 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar); | |
| 456 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */ | |
| 457 AppendCharToRedobuff('I'); | |
| 458 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */ | |
| 459 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */ | |
| 460 } | |
| 461 } | |
| 462 | |
| 463 if (cmdchar == 'R') | |
| 464 { | |
| 465 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 466 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 467 { | |
| 468 beep_flush(); | |
| 469 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
| 470 State = INSERT; | |
| 471 } | |
| 472 else | |
| 473 #endif | |
| 474 State = REPLACE; | |
| 475 } | |
| 476 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 477 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 478 { | |
| 479 State = VREPLACE; | |
| 480 replaceState = VREPLACE; | |
| 481 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 482 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
| 483 } | |
| 484 #endif | |
| 485 else | |
| 486 State = INSERT; | |
| 487 | |
| 488 stop_insert_mode = FALSE; | |
| 489 | |
| 490 /* | |
| 491 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is | |
| 492 * on a TAB or special character. | |
| 493 */ | |
| 494 curs_columns(TRUE); | |
| 495 | |
| 496 /* | |
| 497 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'. | |
| 498 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the | |
| 499 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated | |
| 500 * when hitting <Esc>. | |
| 501 */ | |
| 502 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
| 503 State |= LANGMAP; | |
| 504 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 505 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM); | |
| 506 #endif | |
| 507 | |
| 508 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 509 setmouse(); | |
| 510 #endif | |
| 511 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 512 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 513 #endif | |
| 514 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 515 /* there is no reverse replace mode */ | |
| 516 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
| 517 if (revins_on) | |
| 518 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 519 revins_chars = 0; | |
| 520 revins_legal = 0; | |
| 521 revins_scol = -1; | |
| 522 #endif | |
| 523 | |
| 524 /* | |
| 525 * Handle restarting Insert mode. | |
| 526 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with | |
| 527 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer. | |
| 528 */ | |
| 529 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty()) | |
| 530 { | |
| 531 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 532 /* | |
| 533 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for | |
| 534 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too. | |
| 535 */ | |
| 536 if (where_paste_started.lnum) | |
| 537 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 538 else | |
| 539 #endif | |
| 540 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
| 541 restart_edit = 0; | |
| 542 | |
| 543 /* | |
| 544 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is | |
| 545 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not | |
| 546 * correct in very rare cases). | |
| 547 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual | |
| 548 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|". | |
| 549 */ | |
| 550 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 551 update_curswant(); | |
| 230 | 552 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum) |
| 7 | 553 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol) |
| 554 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL) | |
| 555 { | |
| 556 if (ptr[1] == NUL) | |
| 557 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 558 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 559 else if (has_mbyte) | |
| 560 { | |
| 474 | 561 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 562 if (ptr[i] == NUL) |
| 563 curwin->w_cursor.col += i; | |
| 564 } | |
| 565 #endif | |
| 566 } | |
| 230 | 567 ins_at_eol = FALSE; |
| 7 | 568 } |
| 569 else | |
| 570 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 571 | |
| 572 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */ | |
| 573 need_start_insertmode = FALSE; | |
| 574 | |
| 575 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */ | |
| 576 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
| 577 | |
| 578 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 579 where_paste_started.lnum = 0; | |
| 580 #endif | |
| 581 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 582 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 583 #endif | |
| 584 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 585 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or | |
| 586 * restarting. */ | |
| 587 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
| 588 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 589 #endif | |
| 590 | |
| 591 /* | |
| 592 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode. | |
| 593 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before | |
| 594 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any. | |
| 595 */ | |
| 596 i = 0; | |
| 644 | 597 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0) |
| 7 | 598 i = showmode(); |
| 599 | |
| 600 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
| 1473 | 601 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1); |
| 7 | 602 |
| 603 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 604 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 605 #endif | |
| 606 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 607 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
| 608 #endif | |
| 609 | |
| 603 | 610 /* |
| 611 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be | |
| 612 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters. | |
| 613 */ | |
| 7 | 614 ptr = get_inserted(); |
| 615 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 616 new_insert_skip = 0; | |
| 617 else | |
| 618 { | |
| 619 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 620 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 621 } | |
| 622 | |
| 623 old_indent = 0; | |
| 624 | |
| 625 /* | |
| 626 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left. | |
| 627 */ | |
| 628 for (;;) | |
| 629 { | |
| 630 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 631 if (!revins_legal) | |
| 632 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */ | |
| 633 else | |
| 634 revins_legal = 0; | |
| 635 #endif | |
| 636 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */ | |
| 637 count = 0; | |
| 638 | |
| 5680 | 639 if (update_Insstart_orig) |
| 640 Insstart_orig = Insstart; | |
| 641 | |
| 7 | 642 if (stop_insert_mode) |
| 643 { | |
| 644 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */ | |
| 645 count = 0; | |
| 646 goto doESCkey; | |
| 647 } | |
| 648 | |
| 649 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */ | |
| 650 if (!arrow_used) | |
| 651 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 652 | |
| 653 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a | |
| 654 * menu invoked a shell command). */ | |
| 655 if (stuff_empty()) | |
| 656 { | |
| 657 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; | |
| 658 if (need_check_timestamps) | |
| 659 check_timestamps(FALSE); | |
| 660 } | |
| 661 | |
| 662 /* | |
| 663 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set. | |
| 664 */ | |
| 665 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 666 | |
| 667 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 668 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to | |
| 669 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an | |
| 670 * autocommand. */ | |
| 671 if (need_mouse_correct) | |
| 672 gui_mouse_correct(); | |
| 673 #endif | |
| 674 | |
| 675 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 676 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */ | |
| 677 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT) | |
| 678 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 679 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */ | |
| 680 if (!char_avail()) | |
| 681 foldCheckClose(); | |
| 682 #endif | |
| 683 | |
| 684 /* | |
| 685 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in | |
| 686 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra | |
| 687 * redraw. | |
| 688 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting | |
| 689 * something. | |
| 690 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has | |
| 691 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())). | |
| 692 */ | |
| 693 if (curbuf->b_mod_set | |
| 694 && curwin->w_p_wrap | |
| 695 && !did_backspace | |
| 696 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline | |
| 697 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 698 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill | |
| 699 #endif | |
| 700 ) | |
| 701 { | |
| 702 mincol = curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 703 validate_cursor_col(); | |
| 704 | |
| 1869 | 705 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts |
| 7 | 706 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin) |
| 707 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so | |
| 708 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline | |
| 709 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 710 || curwin->w_topfill > 0 | |
| 711 #endif | |
| 712 )) | |
| 713 { | |
| 714 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 715 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0) | |
| 716 --curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 717 else | |
| 718 #endif | |
| 719 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 720 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline)) | |
| 721 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1); | |
| 722 else | |
| 723 #endif | |
| 724 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1); | |
| 725 } | |
| 726 } | |
| 727 | |
| 728 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */ | |
| 729 update_topline(); | |
| 730 | |
| 731 did_backspace = FALSE; | |
| 732 | |
| 733 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */ | |
| 734 | |
| 735 /* | |
| 736 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting. | |
| 737 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor. | |
| 738 */ | |
| 661 | 739 ins_redraw(TRUE); |
| 7 | 740 |
| 741 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND | |
| 742 if (curwin->w_p_scb) | |
| 743 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE); | |
| 744 #endif | |
| 745 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
746 #ifdef FEAT_CURSORBIND |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
747 if (curwin->w_p_crb) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
748 do_check_cursorbind(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
749 #endif |
| 7 | 750 update_curswant(); |
| 751 old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 752 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 753 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 754 #endif | |
| 755 | |
| 756 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 757 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
| 758 #endif | |
| 759 | |
| 760 /* | |
| 1526 | 761 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE. |
| 7 | 762 */ |
| 6673 | 763 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD) |
| 764 lastc = c; /* remember the previous char for CTRL-D */ | |
| 1526 | 765 do |
| 766 { | |
| 767 c = safe_vgetc(); | |
| 768 } while (c == K_IGNORE); | |
| 7 | 769 |
| 978 | 770 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 771 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */ | |
| 772 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
| 773 #endif | |
| 774 | |
| 7 | 775 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 776 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 777 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
| 778 #endif | |
| 779 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 780 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 781 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
| 782 #endif | |
| 783 | |
| 784 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 659 | 785 /* |
| 786 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted | |
| 897 | 787 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is |
| 788 * a match, skip this when no matches were found. | |
| 659 | 789 */ |
| 897 | 790 if (compl_started |
| 791 && pum_wanted() | |
| 792 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col | |
| 793 && (compl_shown_match == NULL | |
| 794 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next)) | |
| 659 | 795 { |
| 796 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */ | |
| 797 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) | |
| 836 | 798 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col |
| 799 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL) | |
| 657 | 800 continue; |
| 801 | |
| 659 | 802 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */ |
| 803 if (!compl_used_match) | |
| 657 | 804 { |
| 659 | 805 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to |
| 836 | 806 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and |
| 807 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */ | |
| 808 if (c == Ctrl_L | |
| 6657 | 809 && (!CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode) |
| 1872 | 810 || (int)STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str) |
| 836 | 811 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)) |
| 659 | 812 { |
| 813 ins_compl_addfrommatch(); | |
| 814 continue; | |
| 815 } | |
| 816 | |
| 1430 | 817 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current |
| 818 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */ | |
| 819 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c)) | |
| 659 | 820 { |
| 3390 | 821 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 822 /* Trigger InsertCharPre. */ | |
| 823 char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c); | |
| 824 char_u *p; | |
| 825 | |
| 826 if (str != NULL) | |
| 827 { | |
| 828 for (p = str; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
| 829 ins_compl_addleader(PTR2CHAR(p)); | |
| 830 vim_free(str); | |
| 831 } | |
| 832 else | |
| 833 #endif | |
| 834 ins_compl_addleader(c); | |
| 659 | 835 continue; |
| 836 } | |
| 665 | 837 |
| 887 | 838 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When |
| 825 | 839 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ |
| 840 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
| 841 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
| 665 | 842 { |
| 843 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 844 ins_compl_insert(); | |
| 845 } | |
| 657 | 846 } |
| 847 } | |
| 848 | |
| 7 | 849 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but |
| 850 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */ | |
| 665 | 851 compl_get_longest = FALSE; |
| 1526 | 852 if (ins_compl_prep(c)) |
| 657 | 853 continue; |
| 7 | 854 #endif |
| 855 | |
| 477 | 856 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, |
| 857 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode', | |
| 858 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */ | |
| 7 | 859 if (c == Ctrl_BSL) |
| 860 { | |
| 861 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 862 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 863 ++no_mapping; |
| 864 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 865 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 866 --no_mapping; |
| 867 --allow_keys; | |
| 477 | 868 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O) |
| 7 | 869 { |
| 477 | 870 /* it's something else */ |
| 7 | 871 vungetc(c); |
| 872 c = Ctrl_BSL; | |
| 873 } | |
| 874 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im) | |
| 875 continue; | |
| 876 else | |
| 877 { | |
| 477 | 878 if (c == Ctrl_O) |
| 879 { | |
| 880 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
| 881 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */ | |
| 882 nomove = TRUE; | |
| 883 } | |
| 7 | 884 count = 0; |
| 885 goto doESCkey; | |
| 886 } | |
| 887 } | |
| 888 | |
| 889 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 890 c = do_digraph(c); | |
| 891 #endif | |
| 892 | |
| 893 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 894 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 895 goto docomplete; | |
| 896 #endif | |
| 897 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) | |
| 898 { | |
| 899 ins_ctrl_v(); | |
| 900 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */ | |
| 901 continue; | |
| 902 } | |
| 903 | |
| 904 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 905 if (cindent_on() | |
| 906 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 907 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
| 908 # endif | |
| 909 ) | |
| 910 { | |
| 911 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be | |
| 912 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below. | |
| 913 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be | |
| 914 * done before inserting the key. */ | |
| 915 line_is_white = inindent(0); | |
| 916 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white)) | |
| 917 goto force_cindent; | |
| 918 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white) | |
| 919 && stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 920 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 921 } | |
| 922 #endif | |
| 923 | |
| 924 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 925 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
| 926 switch (c) | |
| 927 { | |
| 928 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break; | |
| 929 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break; | |
| 930 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break; | |
| 931 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break; | |
| 932 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break; | |
| 933 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break; | |
| 934 } | |
| 935 #endif | |
| 936 | |
| 937 /* | |
| 938 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it | |
| 939 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these | |
| 940 * characters. | |
| 941 */ | |
| 942 if (ins_start_select(c)) | |
| 943 continue; | |
| 944 | |
| 945 /* | |
| 946 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode. | |
| 947 */ | |
| 948 switch (c) | |
| 949 { | |
| 449 | 950 case ESC: /* End input mode */ |
| 7 | 951 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF)) |
| 952 break; | |
| 953 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
| 954 | |
| 449 | 955 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */ |
| 7 | 956 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN |
| 957 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 958 { | |
| 959 /* Close the cmdline window. */ | |
| 960 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE; | |
| 961 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */ | |
| 929 | 962 nomove = TRUE; |
| 7 | 963 goto doESCkey; |
| 964 } | |
| 965 #endif | |
| 966 | |
| 967 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 968 do_intr: | |
| 969 #endif | |
| 970 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave | |
| 971 * Insert mode */ | |
| 972 if (goto_im()) | |
| 973 { | |
| 974 if (got_int) | |
| 975 { | |
| 976 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */ | |
| 977 got_int = FALSE; | |
| 978 } | |
| 979 else | |
| 980 vim_beep(); | |
| 981 break; | |
| 982 } | |
| 983 doESCkey: | |
| 984 /* | |
| 985 * This is the ONLY return from edit()! | |
| 986 */ | |
| 987 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line | |
| 988 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */ | |
| 230 | 989 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL) |
| 7 | 990 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 991 | |
| 477 | 992 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove)) |
| 11 | 993 { |
| 994 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 995 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 996 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL, | |
| 997 FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 993 | 998 did_cursorhold = FALSE; |
| 11 | 999 #endif |
| 7 | 1000 return (c == Ctrl_O); |
| 11 | 1001 } |
| 7 | 1002 continue; |
| 1003 | |
| 449 | 1004 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */ |
| 1005 if (!p_im) | |
| 1006 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */ | |
| 1007 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r"); | |
| 1008 c = Ctrl_O; | |
| 1009 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
| 1010 | |
| 1011 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */ | |
| 502 | 1012 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 523 | 1013 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
| 449 | 1014 goto docomplete; |
| 1015 #endif | |
| 1016 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 1017 break; | |
| 1018 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
| 853 | 1019 |
| 1020 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 1021 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */ | |
| 1022 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) | |
| 1023 { | |
| 1024 ins_at_eol = FALSE; | |
| 1025 nomove = TRUE; | |
| 1026 } | |
| 1027 #endif | |
| 449 | 1028 count = 0; |
| 1029 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1030 | |
| 464 | 1031 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */ |
| 1032 case K_KINS: | |
| 1033 ins_insert(replaceState); | |
| 1034 break; | |
| 1035 | |
| 1036 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */ | |
| 1037 break; | |
| 1038 | |
| 449 | 1039 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF |
| 1040 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */ | |
| 1041 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF); | |
| 1042 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1043 #endif | |
| 1044 | |
| 1045 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */ | |
| 1046 case K_F1: | |
| 1047 case K_XF1: | |
| 1048 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP); | |
| 1049 if (p_im) | |
| 1050 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; | |
| 1051 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1052 | |
| 1053 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 1054 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */ | |
| 1055 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
| 1389 | 1056 i = plain_vgetc(); |
| 449 | 1057 --no_mapping; |
| 1058 netbeans_keycommand(i); | |
| 1059 break; | |
| 1060 #endif | |
| 1061 | |
| 1062 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */ | |
| 7 | 1063 case NUL: |
| 1064 case Ctrl_A: | |
| 449 | 1065 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an |
| 1066 * error. */ | |
| 7 | 1067 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL |
| 1068 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im) | |
| 1069 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */ | |
| 1070 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1071 break; | |
| 1072 | |
| 449 | 1073 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */ |
| 7 | 1074 ins_reg(); |
| 1075 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1076 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1077 break; | |
| 1078 | |
| 449 | 1079 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */ |
| 7 | 1080 ins_ctrl_g(); |
| 1081 break; | |
| 1082 | |
| 449 | 1083 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */ |
| 1084 ins_ctrl_hat(); | |
| 7 | 1085 break; |
| 1086 | |
| 1087 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 449 | 1088 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */ |
| 7 | 1089 if (!p_ari) |
| 1090 goto normalchar; | |
| 1091 ins_ctrl_(); | |
| 1092 break; | |
| 1093 #endif | |
| 1094 | |
| 449 | 1095 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */ |
| 7 | 1096 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
| 1097 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
| 1098 goto docomplete; | |
| 1099 #endif | |
| 1100 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1101 | |
| 449 | 1102 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */ |
| 7 | 1103 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1104 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 1105 { | |
| 449 | 1106 if (has_compl_option(FALSE)) |
| 1107 goto docomplete; | |
| 1108 break; | |
| 7 | 1109 } |
| 1110 # endif | |
| 1111 ins_shift(c, lastc); | |
| 1112 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1113 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1114 break; | |
| 1115 | |
| 449 | 1116 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1117 case K_KDEL: |
| 1118 ins_del(); | |
| 1119 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1120 break; | |
| 1121 | |
| 449 | 1122 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1123 case Ctrl_H: |
| 1124 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space); | |
| 1125 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1126 break; | |
| 1127 | |
| 449 | 1128 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1129 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space); |
| 1130 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1131 break; | |
| 1132 | |
| 449 | 1133 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */ |
| 12 | 1134 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 1135 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */ | |
| 449 | 1136 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) |
| 12 | 1137 goto docomplete; |
| 1138 # endif | |
| 7 | 1139 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space); |
| 1140 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1141 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1142 break; | |
| 1143 | |
| 1144 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 449 | 1145 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */ |
| 7 | 1146 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM: |
| 1147 case K_LEFTDRAG: | |
| 1148 case K_LEFTRELEASE: | |
| 1149 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM: | |
| 1150 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE: | |
| 1151 case K_MIDDLEDRAG: | |
| 1152 case K_MIDDLERELEASE: | |
| 1153 case K_RIGHTMOUSE: | |
| 1154 case K_RIGHTDRAG: | |
| 1155 case K_RIGHTRELEASE: | |
| 1156 case K_X1MOUSE: | |
| 1157 case K_X1DRAG: | |
| 1158 case K_X1RELEASE: | |
| 1159 case K_X2MOUSE: | |
| 1160 case K_X2DRAG: | |
| 1161 case K_X2RELEASE: | |
| 1162 ins_mouse(c); | |
| 1163 break; | |
| 1164 | |
| 449 | 1165 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1166 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_DOWN); |
| 7 | 1167 break; |
| 1168 | |
| 449 | 1169 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1170 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_UP); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1171 break; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1172 |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1173 case K_MOUSELEFT: /* Scroll wheel left */ |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1174 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_LEFT); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1175 break; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1176 |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1177 case K_MOUSERIGHT: /* Scroll wheel right */ |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1178 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_RIGHT); |
| 7 | 1179 break; |
| 1180 #endif | |
| 692 | 1181 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 1182 case K_TABLINE: | |
| 1183 case K_TABMENU: | |
| 1184 ins_tabline(c); | |
| 1185 break; | |
| 1186 #endif | |
| 7 | 1187 |
| 449 | 1188 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */ |
| 7 | 1189 break; |
| 1190 | |
| 661 | 1191 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1192 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */ | |
| 1193 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 1194 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
| 1195 break; | |
| 1196 #endif | |
| 1197 | |
| 625 | 1198 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 |
| 1199 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was | |
| 1200 * cancelled. */ | |
| 1201 case K_F4: | |
| 1202 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT) | |
| 1203 goto normalchar; | |
| 1204 break; | |
| 1205 #endif | |
| 1206 | |
| 7 | 1207 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 1208 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR: | |
| 1209 ins_scroll(); | |
| 1210 break; | |
| 1211 | |
| 1212 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR: | |
| 1213 ins_horscroll(); | |
| 1214 break; | |
| 1215 #endif | |
| 1216 | |
| 449 | 1217 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */ |
| 7 | 1218 case K_KHOME: |
| 1219 case K_S_HOME: | |
| 1220 case K_C_HOME: | |
| 1221 ins_home(c); | |
| 1222 break; | |
| 1223 | |
| 449 | 1224 case K_END: /* <End> */ |
| 7 | 1225 case K_KEND: |
| 1226 case K_S_END: | |
| 1227 case K_C_END: | |
| 1228 ins_end(c); | |
| 1229 break; | |
| 1230 | |
| 449 | 1231 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */ |
| 180 | 1232 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
| 1233 ins_s_left(); | |
| 1234 else | |
| 1235 ins_left(); | |
| 7 | 1236 break; |
| 1237 | |
| 449 | 1238 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */ |
| 7 | 1239 case K_C_LEFT: |
| 1240 ins_s_left(); | |
| 1241 break; | |
| 1242 | |
| 449 | 1243 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */ |
| 180 | 1244 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
| 1245 ins_s_right(); | |
| 1246 else | |
| 1247 ins_right(); | |
| 7 | 1248 break; |
| 1249 | |
| 449 | 1250 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */ |
| 7 | 1251 case K_C_RIGHT: |
| 1252 ins_s_right(); | |
| 1253 break; | |
| 1254 | |
| 449 | 1255 case K_UP: /* <Up> */ |
| 665 | 1256 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1257 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 1258 goto docomplete; | |
| 1259 #endif | |
| 180 | 1260 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 1261 ins_pageup(); | |
| 1262 else | |
| 1263 ins_up(FALSE); | |
| 7 | 1264 break; |
| 1265 | |
| 449 | 1266 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */ |
| 7 | 1267 case K_PAGEUP: |
| 1268 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 613 | 1269 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 610 | 1270 if (pum_visible()) |
| 1271 goto docomplete; | |
| 613 | 1272 #endif |
| 7 | 1273 ins_pageup(); |
| 1274 break; | |
| 1275 | |
| 449 | 1276 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */ |
| 665 | 1277 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1278 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 1279 goto docomplete; | |
| 1280 #endif | |
| 180 | 1281 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 1282 ins_pagedown(); | |
| 1283 else | |
| 1284 ins_down(FALSE); | |
| 7 | 1285 break; |
| 1286 | |
| 449 | 1287 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */ |
| 7 | 1288 case K_PAGEDOWN: |
| 1289 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 613 | 1290 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 610 | 1291 if (pum_visible()) |
| 1292 goto docomplete; | |
| 613 | 1293 #endif |
| 7 | 1294 ins_pagedown(); |
| 1295 break; | |
| 1296 | |
| 1297 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 449 | 1298 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */ |
| 7 | 1299 ins_drop(); |
| 1300 break; | |
| 1301 #endif | |
| 1302 | |
| 449 | 1303 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */ |
| 7 | 1304 c = TAB; |
| 1305 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1306 | |
| 449 | 1307 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */ |
| 7 | 1308 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
| 1309 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
| 1310 goto docomplete; | |
| 1311 #endif | |
| 1312 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1313 if (ins_tab()) | |
| 1314 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */ | |
| 1315 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1316 break; | |
| 1317 | |
| 449 | 1318 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */ |
| 7 | 1319 c = CAR; |
| 1320 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1321 case CAR: | |
| 1322 case NL: | |
| 1323 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) | |
| 1324 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the | |
| 1325 * cursor. */ | |
| 1326 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR) | |
| 1327 { | |
| 644 | 1328 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */ |
| 1329 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc"); | |
| 1330 else /* location list window */ | |
| 1331 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll"); | |
| 7 | 1332 break; |
| 1333 } | |
| 1334 #endif | |
| 1335 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 1336 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 1337 { | |
| 1338 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */ | |
| 1339 cmdwin_result = CAR; | |
| 1340 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1341 } | |
| 1342 #endif | |
| 1343 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im) | |
| 1344 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */ | |
| 1345 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 1346 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1347 break; | |
| 1348 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
1349 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) |
| 449 | 1350 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */ |
| 7 | 1351 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1352 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY) | |
| 1353 { | |
| 449 | 1354 if (has_compl_option(TRUE)) |
| 1355 goto docomplete; | |
| 1356 break; | |
| 7 | 1357 } |
| 1358 # endif | |
| 1359 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 1360 c = ins_digraph(); | |
| 1361 if (c == NUL) | |
| 1362 break; | |
| 1363 # endif | |
| 1364 goto normalchar; | |
| 449 | 1365 #endif |
| 7 | 1366 |
| 1367 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 464 | 1368 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */ |
| 1369 ins_ctrl_x(); | |
| 1370 break; | |
| 1371 | |
| 449 | 1372 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1373 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS) |
| 1374 goto normalchar; | |
| 1375 goto docomplete; | |
| 1376 | |
| 449 | 1377 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1378 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES) |
| 1379 goto normalchar; | |
| 1380 goto docomplete; | |
| 477 | 1381 |
| 1382 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */ | |
| 1383 case Ctrl_S: | |
| 1384 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL) | |
| 1385 goto normalchar; | |
| 1386 goto docomplete; | |
| 7 | 1387 #endif |
| 1388 | |
| 449 | 1389 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1390 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1391 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 1392 #endif | |
| 1393 { | |
| 1394 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */ | |
| 1395 if (p_im) | |
| 1396 { | |
| 1397 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 1398 break; | |
| 1399 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1400 } | |
| 1401 goto normalchar; | |
| 1402 } | |
| 1403 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 1404 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1405 | |
| 449 | 1406 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */ |
| 7 | 1407 case Ctrl_N: |
| 1408 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special, | |
| 1409 * but it is under other ^X modes */ | |
| 1410 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL | |
| 1411 && ctrl_x_mode != 0 | |
| 449 | 1412 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)) |
| 7 | 1413 goto normalchar; |
| 1414 | |
| 1415 docomplete: | |
| 1927 | 1416 compl_busy = TRUE; |
| 7 | 1417 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL) |
| 449 | 1418 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 1927 | 1419 compl_busy = FALSE; |
| 7 | 1420 break; |
| 1421 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
| 1422 | |
| 449 | 1423 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */ |
| 1424 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */ | |
| 1425 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c); | |
| 7 | 1426 break; |
| 1427 | |
| 1428 default: | |
| 1429 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 1430 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */ | |
| 1431 goto do_intr; | |
| 1432 #endif | |
| 1433 | |
| 2845 | 1434 normalchar: |
| 7 | 1435 /* |
| 4352 | 1436 * Insert a normal character. |
| 7 | 1437 */ |
| 2845 | 1438 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1439 if (!p_paste) | |
| 1440 { | |
| 3390 | 1441 /* Trigger InsertCharPre. */ |
| 1442 char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c); | |
| 1443 char_u *p; | |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 if (str != NULL) | |
| 2845 | 1446 { |
| 3390 | 1447 if (*str != NUL && stop_arrow() != FAIL) |
| 2845 | 1448 { |
| 3390 | 1449 /* Insert the new value of v:char literally. */ |
| 1450 for (p = str; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
| 2845 | 1451 { |
| 3390 | 1452 c = PTR2CHAR(p); |
| 1453 if (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL) | |
| 1454 ins_eol(c); | |
| 1455 else | |
| 1456 ins_char(c); | |
| 2845 | 1457 } |
| 3390 | 1458 AppendToRedobuffLit(str, -1); |
| 2845 | 1459 } |
| 3390 | 1460 vim_free(str); |
| 1461 c = NUL; | |
| 2845 | 1462 } |
| 1463 | |
| 3390 | 1464 /* If the new value is already inserted or an empty string |
| 1465 * then don't insert any character. */ | |
| 2845 | 1466 if (c == NUL) |
| 1467 break; | |
| 1468 } | |
| 1469 #endif | |
| 7 | 1470 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 1471 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */ | |
| 1472 ins_try_si(c); | |
| 1473 #endif | |
| 1474 | |
| 1475 if (c == ' ') | |
| 1476 { | |
| 1477 inserted_space = TRUE; | |
| 1478 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1479 if (inindent(0)) | |
| 1480 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 1481 #endif | |
| 1482 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL | |
| 1483 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
| 1484 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
| 1485 } | |
| 1486 | |
| 3448 | 1487 /* Insert a normal character and check for abbreviations on a |
| 1488 * special character. Let CTRL-] expand abbreviations without | |
| 1489 * inserting it. */ | |
| 1490 if (vim_iswordc(c) || (!echeck_abbr( | |
| 7 | 1491 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 1492 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is | |
| 1493 * what check_abbr() expects. */ | |
| 1494 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) : | |
| 1495 #endif | |
| 3584 | 1496 c) && c != Ctrl_RSB)) |
| 7 | 1497 { |
| 1498 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 1499 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1500 revins_legal++; | |
| 1501 revins_chars++; | |
| 1502 #endif | |
| 1503 } | |
| 1504 | |
| 1505 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1506 | |
| 1507 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1508 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a | |
| 1509 * closed fold. */ | |
| 1510 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 1511 #endif | |
| 1512 break; | |
| 1513 } /* end of switch (c) */ | |
| 1514 | |
| 978 | 1515 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1516 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */ | |
| 1517 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD) | |
| 1518 did_cursorhold = FALSE; | |
| 1519 #endif | |
| 1520 | |
| 7 | 1521 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */ |
| 1522 if (arrow_used) | |
| 1523 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1524 | |
| 1525 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1526 if (can_cindent && cindent_on() | |
| 1527 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 1528 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
| 1529 # endif | |
| 1530 ) | |
| 1531 { | |
| 1532 force_cindent: | |
| 1533 /* | |
| 1534 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 1535 */ | |
| 1536 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white)) | |
| 1537 { | |
| 1538 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 1539 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
| 1540 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 1541 } | |
| 1542 } | |
| 1543 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 1544 | |
| 1545 } /* for (;;) */ | |
| 1546 /* NOTREACHED */ | |
| 1547 } | |
| 1548 | |
| 1549 /* | |
| 1550 * Redraw for Insert mode. | |
| 1551 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo' | |
| 1552 * option work correctly. | |
| 1553 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up | |
| 1554 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R). | |
| 1555 */ | |
| 1556 static void | |
| 661 | 1557 ins_redraw(ready) |
| 1876 | 1558 int ready UNUSED; /* not busy with something */ |
| 7 | 1559 { |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1560 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1561 linenr_T conceal_old_cursor_line = 0; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1562 linenr_T conceal_new_cursor_line = 0; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1563 int conceal_update_lines = FALSE; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1564 #endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1565 |
| 5592 | 1566 if (char_avail()) |
| 1567 return; | |
| 1568 | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1569 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
| 5592 | 1570 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is |
| 1571 * visible, the command might delete it. */ | |
| 1572 if (ready && ( | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1573 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 5592 | 1574 has_cursormovedI() |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1575 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1576 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
| 5592 | 1577 || |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1578 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1579 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
| 5592 | 1580 curwin->w_p_cole > 0 |
| 1581 # endif | |
| 1582 ) | |
| 1583 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor) | |
| 1584 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 1585 && !pum_visible() | |
| 1586 # endif | |
| 1587 ) | |
| 1588 { | |
| 1589 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1590 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax | |
| 1591 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting | |
| 1592 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done | |
| 1593 * again below, unfortunately. */ | |
| 1594 if (syntax_present(curwin) && must_redraw) | |
| 1595 update_screen(0); | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1596 # endif |
| 5592 | 1597 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1598 if (has_cursormovedI()) | |
| 1599 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 1600 # endif | |
| 1601 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL | |
| 1602 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0) | |
| 1603 { | |
| 1604 conceal_old_cursor_line = last_cursormoved.lnum; | |
| 1605 conceal_new_cursor_line = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1606 conceal_update_lines = TRUE; | |
| 1607 } | |
| 1608 # endif | |
| 1609 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 1610 } | |
| 1611 #endif | |
| 1612 | |
| 1613 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 1614 /* Trigger TextChangedI if b_changedtick differs. */ | |
| 1615 if (ready && has_textchangedI() | |
| 1616 && last_changedtick != curbuf->b_changedtick | |
| 794 | 1617 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1618 && !pum_visible() |
| 794 | 1619 # endif |
| 5592 | 1620 ) |
| 1621 { | |
| 1622 if (last_changedtick_buf == curbuf) | |
| 1623 apply_autocmds(EVENT_TEXTCHANGEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 1624 last_changedtick_buf = curbuf; | |
| 1625 last_changedtick = curbuf->b_changedtick; | |
| 1626 } | |
| 1627 #endif | |
| 1628 | |
| 1629 if (must_redraw) | |
| 1630 update_screen(0); | |
| 1631 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) | |
| 1632 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */ | |
| 1633 # if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) | |
| 1634 if ((conceal_update_lines | |
| 1635 && (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line | |
| 1636 || conceal_cursor_line(curwin))) | |
| 1637 || need_cursor_line_redraw) | |
| 1638 { | |
| 1639 if (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line) | |
| 1640 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_old_cursor_line); | |
| 1641 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_new_cursor_line == 0 | |
| 1642 ? curwin->w_cursor.lnum : conceal_new_cursor_line); | |
| 1643 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_CROW; | |
| 1644 } | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1645 # endif |
| 5592 | 1646 showruler(FALSE); |
| 1647 setcursor(); | |
| 1648 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */ | |
| 7 | 1649 } |
| 1650 | |
| 1651 /* | |
| 1652 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode. | |
| 1653 */ | |
| 1654 static void | |
| 1655 ins_ctrl_v() | |
| 1656 { | |
| 1657 int c; | |
| 2811 | 1658 int did_putchar = FALSE; |
| 7 | 1659 |
| 1660 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 1661 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 1662 |
| 1663 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 2811 | 1664 { |
| 7 | 1665 edit_putchar('^', TRUE); |
| 2811 | 1666 did_putchar = TRUE; |
| 1667 } | |
| 7 | 1668 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ |
| 1669 | |
| 1670 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 1671 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V); | |
| 1672 #endif | |
| 1673 | |
| 1674 c = get_literal(); | |
| 2811 | 1675 if (did_putchar) |
| 1676 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '^' is at the start of the next | |
| 1677 * line and will not removed by the redraw */ | |
| 1678 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 7 | 1679 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
| 1680 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 1681 #endif | |
| 1682 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1683 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1684 revins_chars++; | |
| 1685 revins_legal++; | |
| 1686 #endif | |
| 1687 } | |
| 1688 | |
| 1689 /* | |
| 1690 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer. | |
| 1691 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode. | |
| 1692 */ | |
| 1693 static int pc_status; | |
| 1694 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */ | |
| 1695 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */ | |
| 1696 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */ | |
| 1697 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */ | |
| 1698 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */ | |
| 1699 static int pc_attr; | |
| 1700 static int pc_row; | |
| 1701 static int pc_col; | |
| 1702 | |
| 1703 void | |
| 1704 edit_putchar(c, highlight) | |
| 1705 int c; | |
| 1706 int highlight; | |
| 1707 { | |
| 1708 int attr; | |
| 1709 | |
| 1710 if (ScreenLines != NULL) | |
| 1711 { | |
| 1712 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */ | |
| 1713 validate_cursor(); | |
| 1714 if (highlight) | |
| 1715 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 1716 else | |
| 1717 attr = 0; | |
| 1718 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow; | |
| 1719 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin); | |
| 1720 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1721 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 1722 #endif | |
| 1723 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1724 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
| 1725 { | |
| 1726 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1727 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1728 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1729 { | |
| 1730 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row); | |
| 1731 | |
| 1732 if (fix_col != pc_col) | |
| 1733 { | |
| 1734 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr); | |
| 1735 --curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1736 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT; | |
| 1737 } | |
| 1738 } | |
| 1739 # endif | |
| 1740 } | |
| 1741 else | |
| 1742 #endif | |
| 1743 { | |
| 1744 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1745 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1746 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col)) | |
| 1747 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT; | |
| 1748 #endif | |
| 1749 } | |
| 1750 | |
| 1751 /* save the character to be able to put it back */ | |
| 1752 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1753 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET) | |
| 1754 #endif | |
| 1755 { | |
| 1756 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr); | |
| 1757 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET; | |
| 1758 } | |
| 1759 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr); | |
| 1760 } | |
| 1761 } | |
| 1762 | |
| 1763 /* | |
| 1764 * Undo the previous edit_putchar(). | |
| 1765 */ | |
| 1766 void | |
| 1767 edit_unputchar() | |
| 1768 { | |
| 1769 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled) | |
| 1770 { | |
| 1771 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1772 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT) | |
| 1773 ++curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1774 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT) | |
| 1775 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); | |
| 1776 else | |
| 1777 #endif | |
| 1778 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr); | |
| 1779 } | |
| 1780 } | |
| 1781 | |
| 1782 /* | |
| 1783 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text | |
| 1784 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes. | |
| 1785 */ | |
| 1786 void | |
| 1787 display_dollar(col) | |
| 1788 colnr_T col; | |
| 1789 { | |
| 1790 colnr_T save_col; | |
| 1791 | |
| 1792 if (!redrawing()) | |
| 1793 return; | |
| 1794 | |
| 1795 cursor_off(); | |
| 1796 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1797 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 1798 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1799 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1800 { | |
| 1801 char_u *p; | |
| 1802 | |
| 1803 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */ | |
| 1804 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1805 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col); | |
| 1806 } | |
| 1807 #endif | |
| 1808 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */ | |
| 1809 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin)) | |
| 1810 { | |
| 1811 edit_putchar('$', FALSE); | |
| 1812 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; | |
| 1813 } | |
| 1814 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; | |
| 1815 } | |
| 1816 | |
| 1817 /* | |
| 1818 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position | |
| 1819 * in insert mode. | |
| 1820 */ | |
| 1821 static void | |
| 1822 undisplay_dollar() | |
| 1823 { | |
| 3318 | 1824 if (dollar_vcol >= 0) |
| 1825 { | |
| 1826 dollar_vcol = -1; | |
| 7 | 1827 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); |
| 1828 } | |
| 1829 } | |
| 1830 | |
| 1831 /* | |
| 1832 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D). | |
| 1833 * Keep the cursor on the same character. | |
| 1834 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>) | |
| 1835 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D) | |
| 1836 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount" | |
| 1837 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec). | |
| 1838 */ | |
| 1839 void | |
| 1516 | 1840 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced, call_changed_bytes) |
| 7 | 1841 int type; |
| 1842 int amount; | |
| 1843 int round; | |
| 1844 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */ | |
| 1516 | 1845 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */ |
| 7 | 1846 { |
| 1847 int vcol; | |
| 1848 int last_vcol; | |
| 1849 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */ | |
| 1850 int new_cursor_col; | |
| 1851 int i; | |
| 1852 char_u *ptr; | |
| 1853 int save_p_list; | |
| 1854 int start_col; | |
| 1855 colnr_T vc; | |
| 1856 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1857 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1858 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1859 | |
| 1860 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */ | |
| 1861 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1862 { | |
| 1863 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */ | |
| 1864 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1865 } | |
| 1866 #endif | |
| 1867 | |
| 1868 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */ | |
| 1869 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 1870 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 1871 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 1872 vcol = vc; | |
| 1873 | |
| 1874 /* | |
| 1875 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only | |
| 1876 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of | |
| 1877 * characters before the cursor if it's possible. | |
| 1878 */ | |
| 1879 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1880 | |
| 1881 /* determine offset from first non-blank */ | |
| 1882 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1883 beginline(BL_WHITE); | |
| 1884 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1885 | |
| 1886 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1887 | |
| 1888 /* | |
| 1889 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the | |
| 1890 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank. | |
| 1891 */ | |
| 1892 if (new_cursor_col < 0) | |
| 1893 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
| 1894 | |
| 1895 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */ | |
| 1896 start_col = -1; | |
| 1897 | |
| 1898 /* | |
| 1899 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank. | |
| 1900 */ | |
| 1901 if (type == INDENT_SET) | |
| 1516 | 1902 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); |
| 7 | 1903 else |
| 1904 { | |
| 1905 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1906 int save_State = State; | |
| 1907 | |
| 1908 /* Avoid being called recursively. */ | |
| 1909 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1910 State = INSERT; | |
| 1911 #endif | |
| 1516 | 1912 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes); |
| 7 | 1913 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 1914 State = save_State; | |
| 1915 #endif | |
| 1916 } | |
| 1917 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1918 | |
| 1919 /* | |
| 1920 * Try to put cursor on same character. | |
| 1921 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line, | |
| 1922 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first | |
| 1923 * non-blank character. | |
| 1924 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank. | |
| 1925 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative | |
| 1926 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns. | |
| 1927 */ | |
| 1928 if (new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
| 1929 { | |
| 1930 /* | |
| 1931 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset | |
| 1932 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
| 1933 */ | |
| 1934 if (new_cursor_col == 0) | |
| 1935 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
| 1936 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1937 } | |
| 1938 else if (!(State & INSERT)) | |
| 1939 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1940 else | |
| 1941 { | |
| 1942 /* | |
| 1943 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be. | |
| 1944 */ | |
| 1945 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
| 1869 | 1946 curwin->w_virtcol = (colnr_T)((vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol); |
| 7 | 1947 |
| 1948 /* | |
| 1949 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column. | |
| 1950 */ | |
| 1951 vcol = last_vcol = 0; | |
| 1952 new_cursor_col = -1; | |
| 1953 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1954 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 1955 { | |
| 1956 last_vcol = vcol; | |
| 1957 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1958 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
| 474 | 1959 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col); |
| 7 | 1960 else |
| 1961 #endif | |
| 1962 ++new_cursor_col; | |
| 5995 | 1963 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol); |
| 7 | 1964 } |
| 1965 vcol = last_vcol; | |
| 1966 | |
| 1967 /* | |
| 1968 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on | |
| 1969 * the right screen column. | |
| 1970 */ | |
| 1971 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 1972 { | |
| 1869 | 1973 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
| 7 | 1974 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol; |
| 1869 | 1975 ptr = alloc((unsigned)(i + 1)); |
| 7 | 1976 if (ptr != NULL) |
| 1977 { | |
| 1978 new_cursor_col += i; | |
| 1979 ptr[i] = NUL; | |
| 1980 while (--i >= 0) | |
| 1981 ptr[i] = ' '; | |
| 1982 ins_str(ptr); | |
| 1983 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 1984 } | |
| 1985 } | |
| 1986 | |
| 1987 /* | |
| 1988 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset | |
| 1989 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
| 1990 */ | |
| 1991 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
| 1992 } | |
| 1993 | |
| 1994 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list; | |
| 1995 | |
| 1996 if (new_cursor_col <= 0) | |
| 1997 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 1998 else | |
| 1869 | 1999 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
| 7 | 2000 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; |
| 2001 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 2002 | |
| 2003 /* | |
| 2004 * May have to adjust the start of the insert. | |
| 2005 */ | |
| 2006 if (State & INSERT) | |
| 2007 { | |
| 2008 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0) | |
| 2009 { | |
| 2010 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less) | |
| 2011 Insstart.col = 0; | |
| 2012 else | |
| 2013 Insstart.col -= insstart_less; | |
| 2014 } | |
| 2015 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less) | |
| 2016 ai_col = 0; | |
| 2017 else | |
| 2018 ai_col -= insstart_less; | |
| 2019 } | |
| 2020 | |
| 2021 /* | |
| 2022 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible. | |
| 2023 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a | |
| 2024 * few characters from the replace stack. | |
| 2025 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a | |
| 2026 * few NULs onto the replace stack. | |
| 2027 */ | |
| 2028 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0) | |
| 2029 { | |
| 2030 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 2031 { | |
| 2032 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
| 2033 --start_col; | |
| 2034 } | |
| 2035 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced) | |
| 2036 { | |
| 2037 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 2038 if (replaced) | |
| 2039 { | |
| 2040 replace_push(replaced); | |
| 2041 replaced = NUL; | |
| 2042 } | |
| 2043 ++start_col; | |
| 2044 } | |
| 2045 } | |
| 2046 | |
| 2047 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 2048 /* | |
| 2049 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case | |
| 2050 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then | |
| 2051 * put it back again the way we wanted it. | |
| 2052 */ | |
| 2053 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 2054 { | |
| 2055 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job, | |
| 2056 * even if you can't backspace. */ | |
| 2057 if (orig_line == NULL) | |
| 2058 return; | |
| 2059 | |
| 2060 /* Save new line */ | |
| 2061 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 2062 if (new_line == NULL) | |
| 2063 return; | |
| 2064 | |
| 2065 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */ | |
| 2066 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
| 2067 | |
| 2068 /* Put back original line */ | |
| 2069 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE); | |
| 2070 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
| 2071 | |
| 2072 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */ | |
| 2073 backspace_until_column(0); | |
| 2074 | |
| 2075 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ | |
| 2076 ins_bytes(new_line); | |
| 2077 | |
| 2078 vim_free(new_line); | |
| 2079 } | |
| 2080 #endif | |
| 2081 } | |
| 2082 | |
| 2083 /* | |
| 2084 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an | |
| 2085 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
| 2086 * modes. | |
| 2087 */ | |
| 2088 void | |
| 2089 truncate_spaces(line) | |
| 2090 char_u *line; | |
| 2091 { | |
| 2092 int i; | |
| 2093 | |
| 2094 /* find start of trailing white space */ | |
| 2095 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--) | |
| 2096 { | |
| 2097 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 2098 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
| 2099 } | |
| 2100 line[i + 1] = NUL; | |
| 2101 } | |
| 2102 | |
| 2103 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ | |
| 2104 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2105 /* | |
| 2106 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
| 2107 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all. | |
| 1782 | 2108 * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing |
| 2109 * character. | |
| 7 | 2110 */ |
| 2111 void | |
| 2112 backspace_until_column(col) | |
| 2113 int col; | |
| 2114 { | |
| 2115 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col) | |
| 2116 { | |
| 2117 curwin->w_cursor.col--; | |
| 2118 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1782 | 2119 replace_do_bs(col); |
| 2120 else if (!del_char_after_col(col)) | |
| 2121 break; | |
| 2122 } | |
| 2123 } | |
| 2124 #endif | |
| 2125 | |
| 2126 /* | |
| 2127 * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col". | |
| 2128 * Only matters when there are composing characters. | |
| 2129 * Return TRUE when something was deleted. | |
| 2130 */ | |
| 2131 static int | |
| 2132 del_char_after_col(limit_col) | |
| 1876 | 2133 int limit_col UNUSED; |
| 1782 | 2134 { |
| 2135 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2136 if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0) | |
| 2137 { | |
| 1869 | 2138 colnr_T ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1; |
| 1782 | 2139 |
| 2140 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but | |
| 2141 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a | |
| 2142 * composing character. */ | |
| 2143 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 1796 | 2144 while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col) |
| 1782 | 2145 { |
| 2146 int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 2147 | |
| 2148 if (l == 0) /* end of line */ | |
| 2149 break; | |
| 2150 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
| 2151 } | |
| 2152 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol) | |
| 2153 return FALSE; | |
| 1869 | 2154 del_bytes((long)((int)ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE); |
| 1782 | 2155 } |
| 2156 else | |
| 2157 #endif | |
| 2158 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 2159 return TRUE; | |
| 2160 } | |
| 7 | 2161 |
| 2162 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2163 /* | |
| 449 | 2164 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode. |
| 2165 */ | |
| 2166 static void | |
| 2167 ins_ctrl_x() | |
| 2168 { | |
| 2169 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X | |
| 2170 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */ | |
| 2171 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 2172 { | |
| 2173 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset | |
| 2174 * compl_cont_status */ | |
| 2175 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS) | |
| 665 | 2176 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT; |
| 449 | 2177 else |
| 2178 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 2179 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */ | |
| 2180 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; | |
| 2181 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
| 2182 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 2183 showmode(); | |
| 2184 } | |
| 2185 } | |
| 2186 | |
| 2187 /* | |
| 2188 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used. | |
| 2189 */ | |
| 2190 static int | |
| 2191 has_compl_option(dict_opt) | |
| 2192 int dict_opt; | |
| 2193 { | |
| 703 | 2194 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL |
| 744 | 2195 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 2196 && !curwin->w_p_spell | |
| 2197 # endif | |
| 2198 ) | |
| 449 | 2199 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)) |
| 2200 { | |
| 2201 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 2202 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 2203 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty") | |
| 2204 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"), | |
| 2205 hl_attr(HLF_E)); | |
| 2206 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 2207 { | |
| 2208 vim_beep(); | |
| 2209 setcursor(); | |
| 2210 out_flush(); | |
| 2211 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE); | |
| 2212 } | |
| 2213 return FALSE; | |
| 2214 } | |
| 2215 return TRUE; | |
| 2216 } | |
| 2217 | |
| 2218 /* | |
| 7 | 2219 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode? |
| 2220 * This depends on the current mode. | |
| 2221 */ | |
| 2222 int | |
| 2223 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) | |
| 2224 int c; | |
| 2225 { | |
| 2226 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */ | |
| 2227 if (c == Ctrl_R) | |
| 2228 return TRUE; | |
| 2229 | |
| 610 | 2230 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */ |
| 644 | 2231 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c)) |
| 610 | 2232 return TRUE; |
| 2233 | |
| 7 | 2234 switch (ctrl_x_mode) |
| 2235 { | |
| 2236 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */ | |
| 2237 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X); | |
| 2238 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET: | |
| 449 | 2239 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E |
| 7 | 2240 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB |
| 2241 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P | |
| 2242 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V | |
| 477 | 2243 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O |
| 3229 | 2244 || c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_K || c == 's'); |
| 7 | 2245 case CTRL_X_SCROLL: |
| 2246 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E); | |
| 2247 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
| 2248 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2249 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 2250 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2251 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
| 2252 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2253 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
| 2254 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2255 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
| 2256 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2257 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 2258 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
| 2259 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2260 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
| 2261 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2262 #endif | |
| 2263 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 2264 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N | |
| 2265 || c == Ctrl_X); | |
| 12 | 2266 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 2267 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
| 449 | 2268 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
| 523 | 2269 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
| 449 | 2270 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
| 502 | 2271 #endif |
| 477 | 2272 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
| 2273 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 6657 | 2274 case CTRL_X_EVAL: |
| 2275 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 7 | 2276 } |
| 2277 EMSG(_(e_internal)); | |
| 2278 return FALSE; | |
| 2279 } | |
| 2280 | |
| 2281 /* | |
| 1430 | 2282 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being |
| 2283 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu | |
| 2284 * is visible. | |
| 2285 */ | |
| 2286 static int | |
| 2287 ins_compl_accept_char(c) | |
| 2288 int c; | |
| 2289 { | |
| 2290 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 2291 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */ | |
| 2292 return vim_isIDc(c); | |
| 2293 | |
| 2294 switch (ctrl_x_mode) | |
| 2295 { | |
| 2296 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 2297 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not | |
| 2298 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in | |
| 2299 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */ | |
| 2300 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c); | |
| 2301 | |
| 2302 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 2303 case CTRL_X_OMNI: | |
| 2304 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any | |
| 2305 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */ | |
| 2306 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c); | |
| 2307 | |
| 2308 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
| 2309 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */ | |
| 2310 return vim_isprintc(c); | |
| 2311 } | |
| 2312 return vim_iswordc(c); | |
| 2313 } | |
| 2314 | |
| 2315 /* | |
| 659 | 2316 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the |
| 7 | 2317 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed |
| 1219 | 2318 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted |
| 7 | 2319 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb |
| 2320 */ | |
| 2321 int | |
| 681 | 2322 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags) |
| 7 | 2323 char_u *str; |
| 2324 int len; | |
| 681 | 2325 int icase; |
| 7 | 2326 char_u *fname; |
| 2327 int dir; | |
| 464 | 2328 int flags; |
| 7 | 2329 { |
| 1353 | 2330 char_u *p; |
| 2331 int i, c; | |
| 2332 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */ | |
| 2333 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */ | |
| 2177 | 2334 int min_len; |
| 2004 | 2335 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */ |
| 7 | 2336 int has_lower = FALSE; |
| 2337 int was_letter = FALSE; | |
| 1353 | 2338 |
| 1436 | 2339 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0) |
| 1353 | 2340 { |
| 2341 /* Infer case of completed part. */ | |
| 2342 | |
| 2343 /* Find actual length of completion. */ | |
| 2344 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2345 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2346 { | |
| 2347 p = str; | |
| 2348 actual_len = 0; | |
| 2349 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 2350 { | |
| 2351 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 2352 ++actual_len; | |
| 2353 } | |
| 2354 } | |
| 2355 else | |
| 2356 #endif | |
| 2357 actual_len = len; | |
| 2358 | |
| 2359 /* Find actual length of original text. */ | |
| 2360 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2361 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2362 { | |
| 2363 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2364 actual_compl_length = 0; | |
| 2365 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 7 | 2366 { |
| 1353 | 2367 mb_ptr_adv(p); |
| 2368 ++actual_compl_length; | |
| 2369 } | |
| 2370 } | |
| 2371 else | |
| 2372 #endif | |
| 2373 actual_compl_length = compl_length; | |
| 2374 | |
| 2177 | 2375 /* "actual_len" may be smaller than "actual_compl_length" when using |
| 2376 * thesaurus, only use the minimum when comparing. */ | |
| 2377 min_len = actual_len < actual_compl_length | |
| 2378 ? actual_len : actual_compl_length; | |
| 2379 | |
| 1353 | 2380 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */ |
| 1869 | 2381 wca = (int *)alloc((unsigned)(actual_len * sizeof(int))); |
| 1353 | 2382 if (wca != NULL) |
| 2383 { | |
| 2384 p = str; | |
| 2385 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2386 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2387 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2388 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2389 else | |
| 2390 #endif | |
| 2391 wca[i] = *(p++); | |
| 2392 | |
| 2393 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */ | |
| 2394 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2177 | 2395 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 1353 | 2396 { |
| 2397 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2398 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2399 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2400 else | |
| 2401 #endif | |
| 2402 c = *(p++); | |
| 2403 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
| 7 | 2404 { |
| 1353 | 2405 has_lower = TRUE; |
| 2406 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i])) | |
| 2407 { | |
| 2408 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */ | |
| 2409 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2410 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
| 2411 break; | |
| 2412 } | |
| 7 | 2413 } |
| 2414 } | |
| 1353 | 2415 |
| 2416 /* | |
| 2417 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to | |
| 2418 * upper case. | |
| 2419 */ | |
| 2420 if (!has_lower) | |
| 2421 { | |
| 2422 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2177 | 2423 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 1353 | 2424 { |
| 2425 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2426 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2427 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2428 else | |
| 2429 #endif | |
| 2430 c = *(p++); | |
| 2431 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i])) | |
| 2432 { | |
| 2433 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */ | |
| 2434 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2435 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
| 2436 break; | |
| 2437 } | |
| 2438 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c); | |
| 2439 } | |
| 2440 } | |
| 2441 | |
| 2442 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */ | |
| 2443 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2177 | 2444 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 7 | 2445 { |
| 1353 | 2446 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 2447 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2448 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2449 else | |
| 2450 #endif | |
| 2451 c = *(p++); | |
| 2452 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
| 2453 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
| 2454 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) | |
| 2455 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
| 7 | 2456 } |
| 1353 | 2457 |
| 1436 | 2458 /* |
| 1353 | 2459 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array. |
| 2460 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than | |
| 2461 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay | |
| 2462 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff. | |
| 2463 */ | |
| 2464 p = IObuff; | |
| 2465 i = 0; | |
| 2466 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE) | |
| 2467 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2468 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1446 | 2469 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p); |
| 1353 | 2470 else |
| 2471 #endif | |
| 2472 *(p++) = wca[i++]; | |
| 2473 *p = NUL; | |
| 2474 | |
| 2475 vim_free(wca); | |
| 2476 } | |
| 7 | 2477 |
| 841 | 2478 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, |
| 2479 flags, FALSE); | |
| 2480 } | |
| 2481 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE); | |
| 7 | 2482 } |
| 2483 | |
| 2484 /* | |
| 2485 * Add a match to the list of matches. | |
| 2486 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
| 464 | 2487 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, |
| 681 | 2488 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. |
| 7 | 2489 */ |
| 841 | 2490 static int |
| 944 | 2491 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags, adup) |
| 7 | 2492 char_u *str; |
| 2493 int len; | |
| 681 | 2494 int icase; |
| 7 | 2495 char_u *fname; |
| 841 | 2496 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */ |
| 659 | 2497 int cdir; |
| 464 | 2498 int flags; |
| 944 | 2499 int adup; /* accept duplicate match */ |
| 7 | 2500 { |
| 464 | 2501 compl_T *match; |
| 659 | 2502 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir); |
| 7 | 2503 |
| 2504 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 2505 if (got_int) | |
| 464 | 2506 return FAIL; |
| 7 | 2507 if (len < 0) |
| 2508 len = (int)STRLEN(str); | |
| 2509 | |
| 2510 /* | |
| 2511 * If the same match is already present, don't add it. | |
| 2512 */ | |
| 944 | 2513 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup) |
| 449 | 2514 { |
| 2515 match = compl_first_match; | |
| 7 | 2516 do |
| 2517 { | |
| 464 | 2518 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 989 | 2519 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0 |
| 464 | 2520 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL) |
| 2521 return NOTDONE; | |
| 2522 match = match->cp_next; | |
| 449 | 2523 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match); |
| 7 | 2524 } |
| 2525 | |
| 540 | 2526 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */ |
| 2527 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 2528 | |
| 7 | 2529 /* |
| 2530 * Allocate a new match structure. | |
| 2531 * Copy the values to the new match structure. | |
| 2532 */ | |
| 659 | 2533 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T)); |
| 7 | 2534 if (match == NULL) |
| 464 | 2535 return FAIL; |
| 2536 match->cp_number = -1; | |
| 2537 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2538 match->cp_number = 0; | |
| 694 | 2539 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL) |
| 7 | 2540 { |
| 2541 vim_free(match); | |
| 464 | 2542 return FAIL; |
| 7 | 2543 } |
| 681 | 2544 match->cp_icase = icase; |
| 659 | 2545 |
| 7 | 2546 /* match-fname is: |
| 464 | 2547 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname. |
| 7 | 2548 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem. |
| 2549 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */ | |
| 659 | 2550 if (fname != NULL |
| 829 | 2551 && compl_curr_match != NULL |
| 659 | 2552 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL |
| 2553 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0) | |
| 464 | 2554 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname; |
| 659 | 2555 else if (fname != NULL) |
| 2556 { | |
| 2557 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname); | |
| 464 | 2558 flags |= FREE_FNAME; |
| 659 | 2559 } |
| 7 | 2560 else |
| 464 | 2561 match->cp_fname = NULL; |
| 2562 match->cp_flags = flags; | |
| 786 | 2563 |
| 2564 if (cptext != NULL) | |
| 2565 { | |
| 2566 int i; | |
| 2567 | |
| 2568 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) | |
| 2569 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL) | |
| 2570 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]); | |
| 2571 } | |
| 7 | 2572 |
| 2573 /* | |
| 2574 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches. | |
| 2575 */ | |
| 449 | 2576 if (compl_first_match == NULL) |
| 464 | 2577 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL; |
| 7 | 2578 else if (dir == FORWARD) |
| 2579 { | |
| 464 | 2580 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
| 2581 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match; | |
| 7 | 2582 } |
| 2583 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
| 2584 { | |
| 464 | 2585 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match; |
| 2586 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; | |
| 2587 } | |
| 2588 if (match->cp_next) | |
| 2589 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match; | |
| 2590 if (match->cp_prev) | |
| 2591 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match; | |
| 7 | 2592 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */ |
| 449 | 2593 compl_first_match = match; |
| 2594 compl_curr_match = match; | |
| 7 | 2595 |
| 665 | 2596 /* |
| 2597 * Find the longest common string if still doing that. | |
| 2598 */ | |
| 2599 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
| 2600 ins_compl_longest_match(match); | |
| 2601 | |
| 7 | 2602 return OK; |
| 2603 } | |
| 2604 | |
| 2605 /* | |
| 681 | 2606 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering |
| 2607 * match->cp_icase. | |
| 2608 */ | |
| 2609 static int | |
| 2610 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len) | |
| 2611 compl_T *match; | |
| 2612 char_u *str; | |
| 2613 int len; | |
| 2614 { | |
| 2615 if (match->cp_icase) | |
| 2616 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
| 2617 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
| 2618 } | |
| 2619 | |
| 2620 /* | |
| 665 | 2621 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match". |
| 2622 */ | |
| 2623 static void | |
| 2624 ins_compl_longest_match(match) | |
| 2625 compl_T *match; | |
| 2626 { | |
| 2627 char_u *p, *s; | |
| 681 | 2628 int c1, c2; |
| 665 | 2629 int had_match; |
| 2630 | |
| 2631 if (compl_leader == NULL) | |
| 842 | 2632 { |
| 665 | 2633 /* First match, use it as a whole. */ |
| 2634 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str); | |
| 842 | 2635 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 2636 { | |
| 2637 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
| 2638 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 2639 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 842 | 2640 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 2641 | |
| 2642 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
| 2643 * again after redrawing. */ | |
| 2644 if (!had_match) | |
| 2645 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 2646 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 2647 } | |
| 2648 } | |
| 665 | 2649 else |
| 2650 { | |
| 2651 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */ | |
| 681 | 2652 p = compl_leader; |
| 2653 s = match->cp_str; | |
| 2654 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 665 | 2655 { |
| 2656 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2657 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2658 { | |
| 681 | 2659 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p); |
| 2660 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s); | |
| 665 | 2661 } |
| 2662 else | |
| 2663 #endif | |
| 2664 { | |
| 681 | 2665 c1 = *p; |
| 2666 c2 = *s; | |
| 2667 } | |
| 2668 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2)) | |
| 2669 : (c1 != c2)) | |
| 2670 break; | |
| 2671 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2672 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2673 { | |
| 2674 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 2675 mb_ptr_adv(s); | |
| 2676 } | |
| 2677 else | |
| 2678 #endif | |
| 2679 { | |
| 2680 ++p; | |
| 2681 ++s; | |
| 665 | 2682 } |
| 2683 } | |
| 2684 | |
| 2685 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 2686 { | |
| 2687 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */ | |
| 2688 *p = NUL; | |
| 2689 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
| 2690 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 2691 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 665 | 2692 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 2693 | |
| 2694 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
| 2695 * again after redrawing. */ | |
| 2696 if (!had_match) | |
| 2697 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 2698 } | |
| 2699 | |
| 2700 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 2701 } | |
| 2702 } | |
| 2703 | |
| 2704 /* | |
| 7 | 2705 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches. |
| 2706 * Frees matches[]. | |
| 2707 */ | |
| 2708 static void | |
| 681 | 2709 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase) |
| 7 | 2710 int num_matches; |
| 2711 char_u **matches; | |
| 681 | 2712 int icase; |
| 7 | 2713 { |
| 2714 int i; | |
| 2715 int add_r = OK; | |
| 659 | 2716 int dir = compl_direction; |
| 7 | 2717 |
| 464 | 2718 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++) |
| 681 | 2719 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase, |
| 841 | 2720 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK) |
| 7 | 2721 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ |
| 659 | 2722 dir = FORWARD; |
| 7 | 2723 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); |
| 2724 } | |
| 2725 | |
| 2726 /* Make the completion list cyclic. | |
| 2727 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original). | |
| 2728 */ | |
| 2729 static int | |
| 2730 ins_compl_make_cyclic() | |
| 2731 { | |
| 464 | 2732 compl_T *match; |
| 7 | 2733 int count = 0; |
| 2734 | |
| 449 | 2735 if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
| 7 | 2736 { |
| 2737 /* | |
| 2738 * Find the end of the list. | |
| 2739 */ | |
| 449 | 2740 match = compl_first_match; |
| 2741 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */ | |
| 464 | 2742 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match) |
| 2743 { | |
| 2744 match = match->cp_next; | |
| 7 | 2745 ++count; |
| 2746 } | |
| 464 | 2747 match->cp_next = compl_first_match; |
| 2748 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match; | |
| 7 | 2749 } |
| 2750 return count; | |
| 2751 } | |
| 2752 | |
| 724 | 2753 /* |
| 2754 * Start completion for the complete() function. | |
| 2755 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column). | |
| 2756 * "list" is the list of matches. | |
| 2757 */ | |
| 2758 void | |
| 2759 set_completion(startcol, list) | |
| 1869 | 2760 colnr_T startcol; |
| 724 | 2761 list_T *list; |
| 2762 { | |
| 2763 /* If already doing completions stop it. */ | |
| 2764 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
| 2765 ins_compl_prep(' '); | |
| 2766 ins_compl_clear(); | |
| 2767 | |
| 2768 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 2769 return; | |
| 2770 | |
| 2632 | 2771 compl_direction = FORWARD; |
| 1869 | 2772 if (startcol > curwin->w_cursor.col) |
| 724 | 2773 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 2774 compl_col = startcol; | |
| 1869 | 2775 compl_length = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)startcol; |
| 724 | 2776 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */ |
| 2777 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length); | |
| 2778 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
| 942 | 2779 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
| 724 | 2780 return; |
| 2781 | |
| 6657 | 2782 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_EVAL; |
| 724 | 2783 |
| 2784 ins_compl_add_list(list); | |
| 2785 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
| 2786 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 2787 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 929 | 2788 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 724 | 2789 |
| 2790 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; | |
| 2791 ins_complete(Ctrl_N); | |
| 2792 out_flush(); | |
| 2793 } | |
| 2794 | |
| 2795 | |
| 574 | 2796 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the |
| 2797 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */ | |
| 659 | 2798 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL; |
| 540 | 2799 static int compl_match_arraysize; |
| 2800 | |
| 2801 /* | |
| 2802 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu. | |
| 2803 */ | |
| 2804 static void | |
| 2805 ins_compl_upd_pum() | |
| 2806 { | |
| 2807 int h; | |
| 2808 | |
| 2809 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2810 { | |
| 2811 h = curwin->w_cline_height; | |
| 2812 update_screen(0); | |
| 2813 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height) | |
| 2814 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 2815 } | |
| 2816 } | |
| 2817 | |
| 2818 /* | |
| 2819 * Remove any popup menu. | |
| 2820 */ | |
| 2821 static void | |
| 2822 ins_compl_del_pum() | |
| 2823 { | |
| 2824 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2825 { | |
| 2826 pum_undisplay(); | |
| 2827 vim_free(compl_match_array); | |
| 2828 compl_match_array = NULL; | |
| 2829 } | |
| 2830 } | |
| 2831 | |
| 2832 /* | |
| 2833 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed. | |
| 2834 */ | |
| 2835 static int | |
| 2836 pum_wanted() | |
| 2837 { | |
| 707 | 2838 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */ |
| 665 | 2839 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL) |
| 540 | 2840 return FALSE; |
| 2841 | |
| 2842 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */ | |
| 2843 if (t_colors < 8 | |
| 2844 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 2845 && !gui.in_use | |
| 2846 #endif | |
| 2847 ) | |
| 2848 return FALSE; | |
| 657 | 2849 return TRUE; |
| 2850 } | |
| 2851 | |
| 2852 /* | |
| 2853 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu. | |
| 707 | 2854 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone". |
| 657 | 2855 */ |
| 2856 static int | |
| 707 | 2857 pum_enough_matches() |
| 657 | 2858 { |
| 2859 compl_T *compl; | |
| 2860 int i; | |
| 540 | 2861 |
| 2862 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only | |
| 2863 * one (ignoring the original text). */ | |
| 2864 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 2865 i = 0; | |
| 2866 do | |
| 2867 { | |
| 2868 if (compl == NULL | |
| 2869 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2)) | |
| 2870 break; | |
| 2871 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2872 } while (compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 2873 | |
| 707 | 2874 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL) |
| 2875 return (i >= 1); | |
| 540 | 2876 return (i >= 2); |
| 2877 } | |
| 2878 | |
| 2879 /* | |
| 2880 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches. | |
| 659 | 2881 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed. |
| 540 | 2882 */ |
| 648 | 2883 void |
| 540 | 2884 ins_compl_show_pum() |
| 2885 { | |
| 2886 compl_T *compl; | |
| 659 | 2887 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL; |
| 2888 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE; | |
| 2889 int shown_match_ok = FALSE; | |
| 540 | 2890 int i; |
| 2891 int cur = -1; | |
| 2892 colnr_T col; | |
| 657 | 2893 int lead_len = 0; |
| 2894 | |
| 707 | 2895 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches()) |
| 540 | 2896 return; |
| 2897 | |
| 794 | 2898 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 2899 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */ | |
| 2900 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif"); | |
| 2901 #endif | |
| 2902 | |
| 540 | 2903 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */ |
| 2904 update_screen(0); | |
| 2905 | |
| 2906 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
| 2907 { | |
| 2908 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */ | |
| 2909 compl_match_arraysize = 0; | |
| 2910 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 657 | 2911 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 835 | 2912 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader); |
| 540 | 2913 do |
| 2914 { | |
| 657 | 2915 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
| 2916 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
| 681 | 2917 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
| 540 | 2918 ++compl_match_arraysize; |
| 2919 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2920 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 657 | 2921 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0) |
| 2922 return; | |
| 659 | 2923 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear( |
| 2924 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T) | |
| 540 | 2925 * compl_match_arraysize)); |
| 2926 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2927 { | |
| 829 | 2928 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first |
| 2929 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */ | |
| 2930 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2931 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2932 | |
| 540 | 2933 i = 0; |
| 2934 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 2935 do | |
| 2936 { | |
| 657 | 2937 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
| 2938 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
| 681 | 2939 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
| 540 | 2940 { |
| 659 | 2941 if (!shown_match_ok) |
| 2942 { | |
| 2943 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match) | |
| 2944 { | |
| 2945 /* This item is the shown match or this is the | |
| 2946 * first displayed item after the shown match. */ | |
| 2947 compl_shown_match = compl; | |
| 2948 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
| 2949 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2950 } | |
| 2951 else | |
| 2952 /* Remember this displayed match for when the | |
| 2953 * shown match is just below it. */ | |
| 2954 shown_compl = compl; | |
| 540 | 2955 cur = i; |
| 659 | 2956 } |
| 786 | 2957 |
| 2958 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL) | |
| 2959 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = | |
| 2960 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]; | |
| 2961 else | |
| 2962 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str; | |
| 2963 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND]; | |
| 2964 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO]; | |
| 2965 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL) | |
| 2966 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = | |
| 2967 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU]; | |
| 659 | 2968 else |
| 2969 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname; | |
| 2970 } | |
| 2971 | |
| 2972 if (compl == compl_shown_match) | |
| 2973 { | |
| 2974 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
| 716 | 2975 |
| 2976 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set | |
| 2977 * compl_shown_match. */ | |
| 2978 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2979 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2980 | |
| 659 | 2981 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL) |
| 2982 { | |
| 2983 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the | |
| 2984 * previously displayed match. */ | |
| 2985 compl_shown_match = shown_compl; | |
| 2986 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2987 } | |
| 540 | 2988 } |
| 2989 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2990 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 659 | 2991 |
| 2992 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */ | |
| 2993 cur = -1; | |
| 540 | 2994 } |
| 2995 } | |
| 2996 else | |
| 2997 { | |
| 2998 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/ | |
| 657 | 2999 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i) |
| 786 | 3000 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str |
| 3001 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text | |
| 3002 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]) | |
| 829 | 3003 { |
| 3004 cur = i; | |
| 657 | 3005 break; |
| 829 | 3006 } |
| 540 | 3007 } |
| 3008 | |
| 3009 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 3010 { | |
| 6729 | 3011 /* In Replace mode when a $ is displayed at the end of the line only |
| 3012 * part of the screen would be updated. We do need to redraw here. */ | |
| 3013 dollar_vcol = -1; | |
| 3014 | |
| 540 | 3015 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text. |
| 3016 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */ | |
| 3017 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 3018 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col; | |
| 732 | 3019 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur); |
| 540 | 3020 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; |
| 3021 } | |
| 3022 } | |
| 3023 | |
| 7 | 3024 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */ |
| 3025 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */ | |
| 648 | 3026 |
| 7 | 3027 /* |
| 703 | 3028 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary |
| 3029 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions. | |
| 7 | 3030 */ |
| 3031 static void | |
| 703 | 3032 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus) |
| 3033 char_u *dict_start; | |
| 7 | 3034 char_u *pat; |
| 667 | 3035 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */ |
| 703 | 3036 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */ |
| 3037 { | |
| 3038 char_u *dict = dict_start; | |
| 7 | 3039 char_u *ptr; |
| 3040 char_u *buf; | |
| 3041 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 3042 char_u **files; | |
| 3043 int count; | |
| 3044 int save_p_scs; | |
| 659 | 3045 int dir = compl_direction; |
| 7 | 3046 |
| 703 | 3047 if (*dict == NUL) |
| 3048 { | |
| 744 | 3049 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 3050 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use |
| 3051 * "spell". */ | |
| 3052 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell) | |
| 3053 dict = (char_u *)"spell"; | |
| 3054 else | |
| 3055 #endif | |
| 3056 return; | |
| 3057 } | |
| 3058 | |
| 7 | 3059 buf = alloc(LSIZE); |
| 703 | 3060 if (buf == NULL) |
| 3061 return; | |
| 1074 | 3062 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */ |
| 703 | 3063 |
| 7 | 3064 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */ |
| 3065 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
| 3066 if (curbuf->b_p_inf) | |
| 3067 p_scs = FALSE; | |
| 667 | 3068 |
| 3069 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern | |
| 3070 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the | |
| 842 | 3071 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */ |
| 6657 | 3072 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) |
| 667 | 3073 { |
| 842 | 3074 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\"); |
| 1869 | 3075 size_t len; |
| 842 | 3076 |
| 3077 if (pat_esc == NULL) | |
| 1159 | 3078 goto theend; |
| 1869 | 3079 len = STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10; |
| 3080 ptr = alloc((unsigned)len); | |
| 667 | 3081 if (ptr == NULL) |
| 842 | 3082 { |
| 3083 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
| 1074 | 3084 goto theend; |
| 842 | 3085 } |
| 1869 | 3086 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, len, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc); |
| 842 | 3087 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC); |
| 3088 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
| 667 | 3089 vim_free(ptr); |
| 3090 } | |
| 3091 else | |
| 703 | 3092 { |
| 667 | 3093 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0); |
| 703 | 3094 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) |
| 3095 goto theend; | |
| 3096 } | |
| 667 | 3097 |
| 7 | 3098 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */ |
| 3099 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat); | |
| 703 | 3100 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted) |
| 7 | 3101 { |
| 3102 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */ | |
| 3103 if (flags == DICT_EXACT) | |
| 3104 { | |
| 3105 count = 1; | |
| 3106 files = &dict; | |
| 3107 } | |
| 3108 else | |
| 3109 { | |
| 3110 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow | |
| 3111 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in | |
| 3112 * a modeline). */ | |
| 3113 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ","); | |
| 744 | 3114 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 3115 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0) |
| 3116 count = -1; | |
| 744 | 3117 else |
| 3118 # endif | |
| 3119 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL | |
| 7 | 3120 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files, |
| 3121 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK) | |
| 3122 count = 0; | |
| 3123 } | |
| 3124 | |
| 744 | 3125 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 3126 if (count == -1) |
| 3127 { | |
| 712 | 3128 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we |
| 3129 * don't use it as a RE. */ | |
| 703 | 3130 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<') |
| 3131 ptr = pat + 2; | |
| 3132 else | |
| 3133 ptr = pat; | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
3134 spell_dump_compl(ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0); |
| 703 | 3135 } |
| 3136 else | |
| 744 | 3137 # endif |
| 938 | 3138 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */ |
| 703 | 3139 { |
| 3140 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, | |
| 3141 ®match, buf, &dir); | |
| 7 | 3142 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) |
| 703 | 3143 FreeWild(count, files); |
| 3144 } | |
| 3145 if (flags != 0) | |
| 7 | 3146 break; |
| 3147 } | |
| 703 | 3148 |
| 3149 theend: | |
| 7 | 3150 p_scs = save_p_scs; |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4448
diff
changeset
|
3151 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); |
| 7 | 3152 vim_free(buf); |
| 3153 } | |
| 3154 | |
| 703 | 3155 static void |
| 3156 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir) | |
| 3157 int count; | |
| 3158 char_u **files; | |
| 3159 int thesaurus; | |
| 3160 int flags; | |
| 3161 regmatch_T *regmatch; | |
| 3162 char_u *buf; | |
| 3163 int *dir; | |
| 3164 { | |
| 3165 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3166 int i; | |
| 3167 FILE *fp; | |
| 3168 int add_r; | |
| 3169 | |
| 3170 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++) | |
| 3171 { | |
| 3172 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */ | |
| 3173 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) | |
| 3174 { | |
| 3175 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, | |
| 3176 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]); | |
| 1869 | 3177 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 703 | 3178 } |
| 3179 | |
| 3180 if (fp != NULL) | |
| 3181 { | |
| 3182 /* | |
| 3183 * Read dictionary file line by line. | |
| 3184 * Check each line for a match. | |
| 3185 */ | |
| 3186 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted | |
| 3187 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp)) | |
| 3188 { | |
| 3189 ptr = buf; | |
| 3190 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf))) | |
| 3191 { | |
| 3192 ptr = regmatch->startp[0]; | |
| 6657 | 3193 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) |
| 703 | 3194 ptr = find_line_end(ptr); |
| 3195 else | |
| 3196 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
| 3197 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0], | |
| 3198 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]), | |
| 942 | 3199 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); |
| 703 | 3200 if (thesaurus) |
| 3201 { | |
| 3202 char_u *wstart; | |
| 3203 | |
| 3204 /* | |
| 3205 * Add the other matches on the line | |
| 3206 */ | |
| 1353 | 3207 ptr = buf; |
| 703 | 3208 while (!got_int) |
| 3209 { | |
| 3210 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white | |
| 3211 * space and punctuation. */ | |
| 3212 ptr = find_word_start(ptr); | |
| 3213 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL) | |
| 3214 break; | |
| 3215 wstart = ptr; | |
| 3216 | |
| 1353 | 3217 /* Find end of the word. */ |
| 703 | 3218 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 3219 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3220 /* Japanese words may have characters in | |
| 3221 * different classes, only separate words | |
| 3222 * with single-byte non-word characters. */ | |
| 3223 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 3224 { | |
| 3225 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
| 3226 | |
| 3227 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3228 break; | |
| 3229 ptr += l; | |
| 3230 } | |
| 3231 else | |
| 3232 #endif | |
| 3233 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
| 1353 | 3234 |
| 3235 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */ | |
| 3236 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0]) | |
| 3237 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart, | |
| 3238 (int)(ptr - wstart), | |
| 3239 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); | |
| 703 | 3240 } |
| 3241 } | |
| 3242 if (add_r == OK) | |
| 3243 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
| 3244 *dir = FORWARD; | |
| 3245 else if (add_r == FAIL) | |
| 3246 break; | |
| 3247 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end | |
| 3248 * of line */ | |
| 3249 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int) | |
| 3250 break; | |
| 3251 } | |
| 3252 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 3253 ins_compl_check_keys(50); | |
| 3254 } | |
| 3255 fclose(fp); | |
| 3256 } | |
| 3257 } | |
| 3258 } | |
| 3259 | |
| 7 | 3260 /* |
| 3261 * Find the start of the next word. | |
| 3262 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL. | |
| 3263 */ | |
| 3264 char_u * | |
| 3265 find_word_start(ptr) | |
| 3266 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3267 { | |
| 3268 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3269 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3270 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1) | |
| 474 | 3271 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 3272 else |
| 3273 #endif | |
| 3274 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3275 ++ptr; | |
| 3276 return ptr; | |
| 3277 } | |
| 3278 | |
| 3279 /* | |
| 3280 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word. | |
| 3281 * Returns a pointer to just after the word. | |
| 3282 */ | |
| 3283 char_u * | |
| 3284 find_word_end(ptr) | |
| 3285 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3286 { | |
| 3287 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3288 int start_class; | |
| 3289 | |
| 3290 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3291 { | |
| 3292 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr); | |
| 3293 if (start_class > 1) | |
| 3294 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 3295 { | |
| 474 | 3296 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 3297 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class) |
| 3298 break; | |
| 3299 } | |
| 3300 } | |
| 3301 else | |
| 3302 #endif | |
| 3303 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3304 ++ptr; | |
| 3305 return ptr; | |
| 3306 } | |
| 3307 | |
| 3308 /* | |
| 667 | 3309 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end. |
| 3310 * Returns a pointer to just after the line. | |
| 3311 */ | |
| 3312 static char_u * | |
| 3313 find_line_end(ptr) | |
| 3314 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3315 { | |
| 3316 char_u *s; | |
| 3317 | |
| 3318 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 3319 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL)) | |
| 3320 --s; | |
| 3321 return s; | |
| 3322 } | |
| 3323 | |
| 3324 /* | |
| 7 | 3325 * Free the list of completions |
| 3326 */ | |
| 3327 static void | |
| 3328 ins_compl_free() | |
| 3329 { | |
| 464 | 3330 compl_T *match; |
| 786 | 3331 int i; |
| 7 | 3332 |
| 449 | 3333 vim_free(compl_pattern); |
| 3334 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 657 | 3335 vim_free(compl_leader); |
| 3336 compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 449 | 3337 |
| 3338 if (compl_first_match == NULL) | |
| 7 | 3339 return; |
| 540 | 3340 |
| 3341 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 3342 pum_clear(); | |
| 3343 | |
| 449 | 3344 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; |
| 7 | 3345 do |
| 3346 { | |
| 449 | 3347 match = compl_curr_match; |
| 464 | 3348 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
| 3349 vim_free(match->cp_str); | |
| 7 | 3350 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */ |
| 464 | 3351 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME) |
| 3352 vim_free(match->cp_fname); | |
| 786 | 3353 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) |
| 3354 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]); | |
| 7 | 3355 vim_free(match); |
| 449 | 3356 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match); |
| 3357 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
| 1927 | 3358 compl_shown_match = NULL; |
| 7 | 3359 } |
| 3360 | |
| 3361 static void | |
| 3362 ins_compl_clear() | |
| 3363 { | |
| 449 | 3364 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 3365 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 3366 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 3367 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
| 3368 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 657 | 3369 vim_free(compl_leader); |
| 3370 compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 7 | 3371 edit_submode_extra = NULL; |
| 724 | 3372 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
| 3373 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 825 | 3374 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3375 } |
| 3376 | |
| 3377 /* | |
| 674 | 3378 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active. |
| 3379 */ | |
| 3380 int | |
| 3381 ins_compl_active() | |
| 3382 { | |
| 3383 return compl_started; | |
| 3384 } | |
| 3385 | |
| 3386 /* | |
| 659 | 3387 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches |
| 3388 * that match the word that is now before the cursor. | |
| 836 | 3389 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char |
| 3390 * to be got from the user. | |
| 657 | 3391 */ |
| 3392 static int | |
| 3393 ins_compl_bs() | |
| 3394 { | |
| 3395 char_u *line; | |
| 3396 char_u *p; | |
| 3397 | |
| 836 | 3398 line = ml_get_curline(); |
| 3399 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 3400 mb_ptr_back(line, p); | |
| 3401 | |
| 1430 | 3402 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion |
| 3403 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */ | |
| 3404 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0 | |
| 3405 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0 | |
| 6657 | 3406 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_OMNI) || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_EVAL) |
| 836 | 3407 return K_BS; |
| 3408 | |
| 874 | 3409 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish |
| 3410 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */ | |
| 3411 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length | |
| 3078 | 3412 || ins_compl_need_restart()) |
| 874 | 3413 ins_compl_restart(); |
| 657 | 3414 |
| 3415 vim_free(compl_leader); | |
| 835 | 3416 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col); |
| 657 | 3417 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 3418 { | |
| 874 | 3419 ins_compl_new_leader(); |
| 4205 | 3420 if (compl_shown_match != NULL) |
| 3421 /* Make sure current match is not a hidden item. */ | |
| 3422 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; | |
| 874 | 3423 return NUL; |
| 3424 } | |
| 3425 return K_BS; | |
| 3426 } | |
| 3427 | |
| 3428 /* | |
| 3078 | 3429 * Return TRUE when we need to find matches again, ins_compl_restart() is to |
| 3430 * be called. | |
| 3431 */ | |
| 3432 static int | |
| 3433 ins_compl_need_restart() | |
| 3434 { | |
| 3435 /* Return TRUE if we didn't complete finding matches or when the | |
| 3436 * 'completefunc' returned "always" in the "refresh" dictionary item. */ | |
| 3437 return compl_was_interrupted | |
| 3438 || ((ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) | |
| 3439 && compl_opt_refresh_always); | |
| 3440 } | |
| 3441 | |
| 3442 /* | |
| 874 | 3443 * Called after changing "compl_leader". |
| 3444 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. | |
| 3445 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted. | |
| 3446 */ | |
| 3447 static void | |
| 3448 ins_compl_new_leader() | |
| 3449 { | |
| 3450 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 3451 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 3452 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 874 | 3453 compl_used_match = FALSE; |
| 3454 | |
| 3455 if (compl_started) | |
| 3456 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader); | |
| 3457 else | |
| 3458 { | |
| 826 | 3459 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 874 | 3460 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */ |
| 3461 #endif | |
| 3462 /* | |
| 3463 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display | |
| 3464 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to | |
| 3465 * avoid that the first match is inserted. | |
| 3466 */ | |
| 3467 update_screen(0); | |
| 3468 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3469 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 3470 { | |
| 3471 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
| 3472 setcursor(); | |
| 3473 out_flush(); | |
| 3474 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 3475 } | |
| 3476 #endif | |
| 3477 compl_restarting = TRUE; | |
| 3478 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL) | |
| 3479 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 3480 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
| 3481 } | |
| 3482 | |
| 887 | 3483 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match; |
| 874 | 3484 |
| 3485 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */ | |
| 3486 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 947 | 3487 |
| 3488 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */ | |
| 3489 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
| 3490 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
| 657 | 3491 } |
| 3492 | |
| 3493 /* | |
| 1782 | 3494 * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to |
| 3495 * the cursor column. Making sure it never goes below zero. | |
| 3496 */ | |
| 3497 static int | |
| 3498 ins_compl_len() | |
| 3499 { | |
| 1869 | 3500 int off = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 1782 | 3501 |
| 3502 if (off < 0) | |
| 3503 return 0; | |
| 3504 return off; | |
| 3505 } | |
| 3506 | |
| 3507 /* | |
| 657 | 3508 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
| 3509 * matches. | |
| 3510 */ | |
| 3511 static void | |
| 3512 ins_compl_addleader(c) | |
| 3513 int c; | |
| 3514 { | |
| 3515 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3516 int cc; | |
| 3517 | |
| 3518 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) | |
| 3519 { | |
| 3520 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 3521 | |
| 3522 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 3523 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
| 3524 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
| 3612 | 3525 if (compl_opt_refresh_always) |
| 3526 AppendToRedobuff(buf); | |
| 657 | 3527 } |
| 3528 else | |
| 3529 #endif | |
| 3602 | 3530 { |
| 657 | 3531 ins_char(c); |
| 3612 | 3532 if (compl_opt_refresh_always) |
| 3533 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 3602 | 3534 } |
| 657 | 3535 |
| 874 | 3536 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */ |
| 3078 | 3537 if (ins_compl_need_restart()) |
| 874 | 3538 ins_compl_restart(); |
| 3539 | |
| 3271 | 3540 /* When 'always' is set, don't reset compl_leader. While completing, |
| 3612 | 3541 * cursor doesn't point original position, changing compl_leader would |
| 3271 | 3542 * break redo. */ |
| 3543 if (!compl_opt_refresh_always) | |
| 3544 { | |
| 3545 vim_free(compl_leader); | |
| 3546 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, | |
| 1869 | 3547 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)); |
| 3271 | 3548 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 3549 ins_compl_new_leader(); | |
| 3550 } | |
| 874 | 3551 } |
| 3552 | |
| 3553 /* | |
| 3554 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when | |
| 3555 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches. | |
| 3556 */ | |
| 3557 static void | |
| 3558 ins_compl_restart() | |
| 3559 { | |
| 3560 ins_compl_free(); | |
| 3561 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 3562 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 3563 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 3564 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 694 | 3565 } |
| 3566 | |
| 3567 /* | |
| 3568 * Set the first match, the original text. | |
| 3569 */ | |
| 3570 static void | |
| 3571 ins_compl_set_original_text(str) | |
| 3572 char_u *str; | |
| 3573 { | |
| 3574 char_u *p; | |
| 3575 | |
| 3576 /* Replace the original text entry. */ | |
| 3577 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */ | |
| 3578 { | |
| 3579 p = vim_strsave(str); | |
| 3580 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3581 { | |
| 3582 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str); | |
| 3583 compl_first_match->cp_str = p; | |
| 3584 } | |
| 657 | 3585 } |
| 3586 } | |
| 3587 | |
| 3588 /* | |
| 659 | 3589 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
| 3590 * matches. | |
| 3591 */ | |
| 3592 static void | |
| 3593 ins_compl_addfrommatch() | |
| 3594 { | |
| 3595 char_u *p; | |
| 1869 | 3596 int len = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 659 | 3597 int c; |
| 887 | 3598 compl_T *cp; |
| 659 | 3599 |
| 3600 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str; | |
| 677 | 3601 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */ |
| 887 | 3602 { |
| 3603 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches | |
| 3604 * the leader. */ | |
| 3605 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 3606 { | |
| 3607 p = NULL; | |
| 3608 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL | |
| 3609 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next) | |
| 3610 { | |
| 987 | 3611 if (compl_leader == NULL |
| 3612 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader, | |
| 887 | 3613 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
| 3614 { | |
| 3615 p = cp->cp_str; | |
| 3616 break; | |
| 3617 } | |
| 3618 } | |
| 3619 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len) | |
| 3620 return; | |
| 3621 } | |
| 3622 else | |
| 3623 return; | |
| 3624 } | |
| 659 | 3625 p += len; |
| 2845 | 3626 c = PTR2CHAR(p); |
| 659 | 3627 ins_compl_addleader(c); |
| 3628 } | |
| 3629 | |
| 3630 /* | |
| 7 | 3631 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it. |
| 464 | 3632 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode. |
| 540 | 3633 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted; |
| 7 | 3634 */ |
| 540 | 3635 static int |
| 7 | 3636 ins_compl_prep(c) |
| 3637 int c; | |
| 3638 { | |
| 3639 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3640 int want_cindent; | |
| 540 | 3641 int retval = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3642 |
| 3643 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually | |
| 3644 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us. | |
| 3645 */ | |
| 3646 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3647 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
| 3648 | |
| 1434 | 3649 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3650 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3651 || c == K_MOUSELEFT || c == K_MOUSERIGHT) |
| 540 | 3652 return retval; |
| 7 | 3653 |
| 665 | 3654 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */ |
| 3655 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET | |
| 3656 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started)) | |
| 3657 { | |
| 3658 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL); | |
| 3659 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 3660 } | |
| 3661 | |
| 7 | 3662 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET) |
| 3663 { | |
| 3664 /* | |
| 3665 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode | |
| 3666 * it will be yet. Now we decide. | |
| 3667 */ | |
| 3668 switch (c) | |
| 3669 { | |
| 3670 case Ctrl_E: | |
| 3671 case Ctrl_Y: | |
| 3672 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL; | |
| 3673 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG)) | |
| 3674 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
| 3675 else | |
| 3676 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
| 3677 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 3678 showmode(); | |
| 3679 break; | |
| 3680 case Ctrl_L: | |
| 3681 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
| 3682 break; | |
| 3683 case Ctrl_F: | |
| 3684 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES; | |
| 3685 break; | |
| 3686 case Ctrl_K: | |
| 3687 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 3688 break; | |
| 3689 case Ctrl_R: | |
| 3690 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */ | |
| 3691 break; | |
| 3692 case Ctrl_T: | |
| 3693 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
| 3694 break; | |
| 12 | 3695 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 3696 case Ctrl_U: | |
| 3697 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION; | |
| 3698 break; | |
| 449 | 3699 case Ctrl_O: |
| 523 | 3700 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI; |
| 449 | 3701 break; |
| 502 | 3702 #endif |
| 477 | 3703 case 's': |
| 3704 case Ctrl_S: | |
| 3705 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL; | |
| 744 | 3706 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 819 | 3707 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */ |
| 484 | 3708 spell_back_to_badword(); |
| 819 | 3709 --emsg_off; |
| 484 | 3710 #endif |
| 477 | 3711 break; |
| 7 | 3712 case Ctrl_RSB: |
| 3713 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
| 3714 break; | |
| 3715 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 3716 case Ctrl_I: | |
| 3717 case K_S_TAB: | |
| 3718 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
| 3719 break; | |
| 3720 case Ctrl_D: | |
| 3721 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
| 3722 break; | |
| 3723 #endif | |
| 3724 case Ctrl_V: | |
| 3725 case Ctrl_Q: | |
| 3726 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE; | |
| 3727 break; | |
| 3728 case Ctrl_P: | |
| 3729 case Ctrl_N: | |
| 3730 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we | |
| 3731 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel | |
| 3732 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below) | |
| 3733 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say | |
| 3734 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below) | |
| 3735 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag | |
| 3736 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */ | |
| 449 | 3737 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT)) |
| 3738 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 3739 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0) | |
| 3740 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 7 | 3741 /* FALLTHROUGH */ |
| 3742 default: | |
| 449 | 3743 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set |
| 3744 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X | |
| 3745 * mode). | |
| 3746 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible | |
| 3747 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same | |
| 3748 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode). | |
| 3749 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start | |
| 3750 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively. | |
| 3751 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING | |
| 3752 * mode -- Acevedo */ | |
| 7 | 3753 if (c == Ctrl_X) |
| 3754 { | |
| 449 | 3755 if (compl_cont_mode != 0) |
| 3756 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 7 | 3757 else |
| 449 | 3758 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; |
| 7 | 3759 } |
| 3760 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 3761 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3762 showmode(); | |
| 3763 break; | |
| 3764 } | |
| 3765 } | |
| 3766 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
| 3767 { | |
| 3768 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */ | |
| 3769 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3770 { | |
| 3771 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
| 3772 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 3773 else | |
| 3774 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED; | |
| 3775 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3776 } | |
| 3777 showmode(); | |
| 3778 } | |
| 3779 | |
| 449 | 3780 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
| 7 | 3781 { |
| 3782 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably | |
| 3783 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to | |
| 449 | 3784 * showing what mode we are in. */ |
| 7 | 3785 showmode(); |
| 644 | 3786 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R |
| 3787 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c)) | |
| 7 | 3788 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
| 3789 { | |
| 3790 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and | |
| 3791 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up | |
| 449 | 3792 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */ |
| 836 | 3793 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E) |
| 7 | 3794 { |
| 3795 /* | |
| 836 | 3796 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when |
| 3797 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo | |
| 3798 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part | |
| 3799 * of the original text that has changed. | |
| 3800 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used | |
| 3801 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match. | |
| 7 | 3802 */ |
| 836 | 3803 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E) |
| 3804 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str; | |
| 3805 else | |
| 3095 | 3806 ptr = NULL; |
| 3807 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(ptr); | |
| 7 | 3808 } |
| 3809 | |
| 3810 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3811 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on()); | |
| 3812 #endif | |
| 3813 /* | |
| 3814 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'. | |
| 3815 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long. | |
| 3816 */ | |
| 449 | 3817 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 7 | 3818 { |
| 3819 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3820 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
| 3821 if (want_cindent) | |
| 3822 { | |
| 3823 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 3824 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */ | |
| 3825 } | |
| 3826 #endif | |
| 3827 } | |
| 3828 else | |
| 3829 { | |
| 1073 | 3830 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 3831 | |
| 7 | 3832 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */ |
| 1073 | 3833 if (prev_col > 0) |
| 3834 dec_cursor(); | |
| 7 | 3835 if (stop_arrow() == OK) |
| 3836 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1); | |
| 1073 | 3837 if (prev_col > 0 |
| 3838 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL) | |
| 3839 inc_cursor(); | |
| 7 | 3840 } |
| 3841 | |
| 816 | 3842 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting |
| 825 | 3843 * the selection without inserting anything. When |
| 3844 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ | |
| 3845 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
| 3846 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
| 3847 && pum_visible()) | |
| 540 | 3848 retval = TRUE; |
| 3849 | |
| 816 | 3850 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */ |
| 3851 if (c == Ctrl_E) | |
| 3852 { | |
| 3853 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 3854 if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
| 1782 | 3855 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 816 | 3856 else if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
| 1782 | 3857 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len()); |
| 816 | 3858 retval = TRUE; |
| 3859 } | |
| 3860 | |
| 1698 | 3861 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); |
| 3862 | |
| 7 | 3863 ins_compl_free(); |
| 449 | 3864 compl_started = FALSE; |
| 3865 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 6056 | 3866 if (!shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) |
| 3867 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ | |
| 7 | 3868 ctrl_x_mode = 0; |
| 825 | 3869 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3870 if (edit_submode != NULL) |
| 3871 { | |
| 3872 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3873 showmode(); | |
| 3874 } | |
| 3875 | |
| 3876 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3877 /* | |
| 3878 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 3879 */ | |
| 3880 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0))) | |
| 3881 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 3882 #endif | |
| 3676 | 3883 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 3884 /* Trigger the CompleteDone event to give scripts a chance to act | |
| 3885 * upon the completion. */ | |
| 3886 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COMPLETEDONE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 3887 #endif | |
| 7 | 3888 } |
| 3889 } | |
| 4120 | 3890 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 3891 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG) | |
| 3892 /* Trigger the CompleteDone event to give scripts a chance to act | |
| 3893 * upon the (possibly failed) completion. */ | |
| 3894 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COMPLETEDONE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 3895 #endif | |
| 7 | 3896 |
| 3897 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be | |
| 3898 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */ | |
| 3899 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3900 { | |
| 449 | 3901 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 3902 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 7 | 3903 } |
| 540 | 3904 |
| 3905 return retval; | |
| 7 | 3906 } |
| 3907 | |
| 3908 /* | |
| 3095 | 3909 * Fix the redo buffer for the completion leader replacing some of the typed |
| 3910 * text. This inserts backspaces and appends the changed text. | |
| 3911 * "ptr" is the known leader text or NUL. | |
| 3912 */ | |
| 3913 static void | |
| 3914 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(ptr_arg) | |
| 3915 char_u *ptr_arg; | |
| 3916 { | |
| 3917 int len; | |
| 3918 char_u *p; | |
| 3919 char_u *ptr = ptr_arg; | |
| 3920 | |
| 3921 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 3922 { | |
| 3923 if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
| 3924 ptr = compl_leader; | |
| 3925 else | |
| 3926 return; /* nothing to do */ | |
| 3927 } | |
| 3928 if (compl_orig_text != NULL) | |
| 3929 { | |
| 3930 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 3931 for (len = 0; p[len] != NUL && p[len] == ptr[len]; ++len) | |
| 3932 ; | |
| 3933 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3934 if (len > 0) | |
| 3935 len -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + len); | |
| 3936 #endif | |
| 3937 for (p += len; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
| 3938 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS); | |
| 3939 } | |
| 3940 else | |
| 3941 len = 0; | |
| 3942 if (ptr != NULL) | |
| 3943 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + len, -1); | |
| 3944 } | |
| 3945 | |
| 3946 /* | |
| 7 | 3947 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers |
| 3948 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned | |
| 3949 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with | |
| 3950 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion. | |
| 3951 * | |
| 3952 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo | |
| 3953 */ | |
| 3954 static buf_T * | |
| 3955 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag) | |
| 3956 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3957 int flag; | |
| 3958 { | |
| 3959 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3960 static win_T *wp; | |
| 3961 #endif | |
| 3962 | |
| 3963 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */ | |
| 3964 { | |
| 3965 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3966 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */ | |
| 3967 wp = curwin; | |
| 383 | 3968 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin |
| 7 | 3969 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned) |
| 3970 ; | |
| 3971 buf = wp->w_buffer; | |
| 3972 #else | |
| 3973 buf = curbuf; | |
| 3974 #endif | |
| 3975 } | |
| 3976 else | |
| 3977 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U' | |
| 3978 * (unlisted buffers) | |
| 3979 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */ | |
| 383 | 3980 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf |
| 7 | 3981 && ((flag == 'U' |
| 3982 ? buf->b_p_bl | |
| 3983 : (!buf->b_p_bl | |
| 3984 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u'))) | |
| 667 | 3985 || buf->b_scanned)) |
| 7 | 3986 ; |
| 3987 return buf; | |
| 3988 } | |
| 3989 | |
| 12 | 3990 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 659 | 3991 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base)); |
| 12 | 3992 |
| 3993 /* | |
| 523 | 3994 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and |
| 502 | 3995 * get matches in "matches". |
| 12 | 3996 */ |
| 659 | 3997 static void |
| 3998 expand_by_function(type, base) | |
| 523 | 3999 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */ |
| 12 | 4000 char_u *base; |
| 4001 { | |
| 3078 | 4002 list_T *matchlist = NULL; |
| 4003 dict_T *matchdict = NULL; | |
| 502 | 4004 char_u *args[2]; |
| 4005 char_u *funcname; | |
| 4006 pos_T pos; | |
| 2631 | 4007 win_T *curwin_save; |
| 4008 buf_T *curbuf_save; | |
| 3078 | 4009 typval_T rettv; |
| 502 | 4010 |
| 4011 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
| 4012 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
| 659 | 4013 return; |
| 452 | 4014 |
| 4015 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */ | |
| 4016 args[0] = (char_u *)"0"; | |
| 502 | 4017 args[1] = base; |
| 4018 | |
| 4019 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2631 | 4020 curwin_save = curwin; |
| 4021 curbuf_save = curbuf; | |
| 3078 | 4022 |
| 4023 /* Call a function, which returns a list or dict. */ | |
| 3709 | 4024 if (call_vim_function(funcname, 2, args, FALSE, FALSE, &rettv) == OK) |
| 3078 | 4025 { |
| 4026 switch (rettv.v_type) | |
| 4027 { | |
| 4028 case VAR_LIST: | |
| 4029 matchlist = rettv.vval.v_list; | |
| 4030 break; | |
| 4031 case VAR_DICT: | |
| 4032 matchdict = rettv.vval.v_dict; | |
| 4033 break; | |
| 4034 default: | |
| 4035 /* TODO: Give error message? */ | |
| 4036 clear_tv(&rettv); | |
| 4037 break; | |
| 4038 } | |
| 4039 } | |
| 4040 | |
| 2631 | 4041 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) |
| 4042 { | |
| 4043 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); | |
| 4044 goto theend; | |
| 4045 } | |
| 502 | 4046 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ |
| 6209 | 4047 validate_cursor(); |
| 2631 | 4048 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) |
| 4049 { | |
| 4050 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); | |
| 4051 goto theend; | |
| 4052 } | |
| 3078 | 4053 |
| 2631 | 4054 if (matchlist != NULL) |
| 4055 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist); | |
| 3078 | 4056 else if (matchdict != NULL) |
| 4057 ins_compl_add_dict(matchdict); | |
| 2631 | 4058 |
| 4059 theend: | |
| 3078 | 4060 if (matchdict != NULL) |
| 4061 dict_unref(matchdict); | |
| 2631 | 4062 if (matchlist != NULL) |
| 4063 list_unref(matchlist); | |
| 724 | 4064 } |
| 4065 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */ | |
| 4066 | |
| 786 | 4067 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 724 | 4068 /* |
| 4069 * Add completions from a list. | |
| 4070 */ | |
| 4071 static void | |
| 4072 ins_compl_add_list(list) | |
| 4073 list_T *list; | |
| 4074 { | |
| 4075 listitem_T *li; | |
| 4076 int dir = compl_direction; | |
| 4077 | |
| 659 | 4078 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */ |
| 724 | 4079 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) |
| 452 | 4080 { |
| 786 | 4081 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK) |
| 4082 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
| 4083 dir = FORWARD; | |
| 648 | 4084 else if (did_emsg) |
| 4085 break; | |
| 452 | 4086 } |
| 724 | 4087 } |
| 786 | 4088 |
| 4089 /* | |
| 3078 | 4090 * Add completions from a dict. |
| 4091 */ | |
| 4092 static void | |
| 4093 ins_compl_add_dict(dict) | |
| 4094 dict_T *dict; | |
| 4095 { | |
| 3263 | 4096 dictitem_T *di_refresh; |
| 4097 dictitem_T *di_words; | |
| 3078 | 4098 |
| 4099 /* Check for optional "refresh" item. */ | |
| 4100 compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; | |
| 3263 | 4101 di_refresh = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"refresh", 7); |
| 4102 if (di_refresh != NULL && di_refresh->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) | |
| 4103 { | |
| 4104 char_u *v = di_refresh->di_tv.vval.v_string; | |
| 3078 | 4105 |
| 4106 if (v != NULL && STRCMP(v, (char_u *)"always") == 0) | |
| 4107 compl_opt_refresh_always = TRUE; | |
| 4108 } | |
| 4109 | |
| 4110 /* Add completions from a "words" list. */ | |
| 3263 | 4111 di_words = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"words", 5); |
| 4112 if (di_words != NULL && di_words->di_tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) | |
| 4113 ins_compl_add_list(di_words->di_tv.vval.v_list); | |
| 3078 | 4114 } |
| 4115 | |
| 4116 /* | |
| 786 | 4117 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T. |
| 4118 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
| 4119 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, | |
| 4120 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. | |
| 4121 */ | |
| 4122 int | |
| 4123 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir) | |
| 4124 typval_T *tv; | |
| 4125 int dir; | |
| 4126 { | |
| 4127 char_u *word; | |
| 867 | 4128 int icase = FALSE; |
| 944 | 4129 int adup = FALSE; |
| 2632 | 4130 int aempty = FALSE; |
| 786 | 4131 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]); |
| 4132 | |
| 4133 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL) | |
| 4134 { | |
| 4135 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE); | |
| 4136 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4137 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE); | |
| 4138 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4139 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE); | |
| 4140 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4141 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE); | |
| 4142 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4143 (char_u *)"info", FALSE); | |
| 4144 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL) | |
| 4145 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase"); | |
| 841 | 4146 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL) |
| 944 | 4147 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup"); |
| 2632 | 4148 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty", FALSE) != NULL) |
| 4149 aempty = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty"); | |
| 786 | 4150 } |
| 4151 else | |
| 4152 { | |
| 4153 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv); | |
| 4154 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext)); | |
| 4155 } | |
| 2632 | 4156 if (word == NULL || (!aempty && *word == NUL)) |
| 786 | 4157 return FAIL; |
| 944 | 4158 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup); |
| 786 | 4159 } |
| 724 | 4160 #endif |
| 12 | 4161 |
| 449 | 4162 /* |
| 4163 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern". | |
| 659 | 4164 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction |
| 4165 * compl_direction. | |
| 667 | 4166 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue |
| 4167 * where we stopped searching before. | |
| 449 | 4168 * This may return before finding all the matches. |
| 4169 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo | |
| 7 | 4170 */ |
| 4171 static int | |
| 659 | 4172 ins_compl_get_exp(ini) |
| 7 | 4173 pos_T *ini; |
| 4174 { | |
| 4175 static pos_T first_match_pos; | |
| 4176 static pos_T last_match_pos; | |
| 4177 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */ | |
| 449 | 4178 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a |
| 4179 certain type. */ | |
| 4180 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */ | |
| 7 | 4181 |
| 464 | 4182 pos_T *pos; |
| 4183 char_u **matches; | |
| 4184 int save_p_scs; | |
| 4185 int save_p_ws; | |
| 4186 int save_p_ic; | |
| 4187 int i; | |
| 4188 int num_matches; | |
| 4189 int len; | |
| 4190 int found_new_match; | |
| 4191 int type = ctrl_x_mode; | |
| 4192 char_u *ptr; | |
| 4193 char_u *dict = NULL; | |
| 4194 int dict_f = 0; | |
| 4195 compl_T *old_match; | |
| 5625 | 4196 int set_match_pos; |
| 7 | 4197 |
| 449 | 4198 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 4199 { |
| 4200 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next) | |
| 4201 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0; | |
| 4202 found_all = FALSE; | |
| 4203 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
| 449 | 4204 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) |
| 12 | 4205 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt; |
| 7 | 4206 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini; |
| 4207 } | |
| 4208 | |
| 449 | 4209 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */ |
| 659 | 4210 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos; |
| 7 | 4211 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */ |
| 4212 for (;;) | |
| 4213 { | |
| 4214 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
| 5625 | 4215 set_match_pos = FALSE; |
| 7 | 4216 |
| 449 | 4217 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off, |
| 7 | 4218 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the |
| 4219 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */ | |
| 6657 | 4220 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) |
| 449 | 4221 && (!compl_started || found_all)) |
| 7 | 4222 { |
| 4223 found_all = FALSE; | |
| 4224 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ') | |
| 4225 e_cpt++; | |
| 4226 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned) | |
| 4227 { | |
| 4228 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
| 4229 first_match_pos = *ini; | |
| 4230 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */ | |
| 4231 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0) | |
| 4232 dec(&first_match_pos); | |
| 4233 last_match_pos = first_match_pos; | |
| 4234 type = 0; | |
| 5625 | 4235 |
| 4236 /* Remember the first match so that the loop stops when we | |
| 4237 * wrap and come back there a second time. */ | |
| 4238 set_match_pos = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4239 } |
| 4240 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL | |
| 4241 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf) | |
| 4242 { | |
| 4243 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */ | |
| 4244 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */ | |
| 4245 { | |
| 449 | 4246 compl_started = TRUE; |
| 7 | 4247 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0; |
| 4248 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
| 4249 last_match_pos.lnum = 0; | |
| 4250 type = 0; | |
| 4251 } | |
| 4252 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */ | |
| 4253 { | |
| 4254 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4255 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL) | |
| 4256 continue; | |
| 4257 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 4258 dict = ins_buf->b_fname; | |
| 4259 dict_f = DICT_EXACT; | |
| 4260 } | |
| 274 | 4261 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"), |
| 7 | 4262 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL |
| 4263 ? buf_spname(ins_buf) | |
| 4264 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL | |
| 3850 | 4265 ? ins_buf->b_fname |
| 4266 : ins_buf->b_sfname); | |
| 1869 | 4267 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 7 | 4268 } |
| 4269 else if (*e_cpt == NUL) | |
| 4270 break; | |
| 4271 else | |
| 4272 { | |
| 6657 | 4273 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) |
| 7 | 4274 type = -1; |
| 4275 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's') | |
| 4276 { | |
| 4277 if (*e_cpt == 'k') | |
| 4278 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 4279 else | |
| 4280 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
| 4281 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL) | |
| 4282 { | |
| 4283 dict = e_cpt; | |
| 4284 dict_f = DICT_FIRST; | |
| 4285 } | |
| 4286 } | |
| 4287 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 4288 else if (*e_cpt == 'i') | |
| 4289 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
| 4290 else if (*e_cpt == 'd') | |
| 4291 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
| 4292 #endif | |
| 4293 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't') | |
| 4294 { | |
| 4295 type = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
| 1872 | 4296 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning tags.")); |
| 1869 | 4297 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 7 | 4298 } |
| 4299 else | |
| 4300 type = -1; | |
| 4301 | |
| 4302 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */ | |
| 4303 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ","); | |
| 4304 | |
| 4305 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4306 if (type == -1) | |
| 4307 continue; | |
| 4308 } | |
| 4309 } | |
| 4310 | |
| 4311 switch (type) | |
| 4312 { | |
| 4313 case -1: | |
| 4314 break; | |
| 4315 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 4316 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
| 4317 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
| 659 | 4318 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction, |
| 449 | 4319 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE, |
| 7 | 4320 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES |
| 449 | 4321 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
| 7 | 4322 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND, |
| 4323 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM); | |
| 4324 break; | |
| 4325 #endif | |
| 4326 | |
| 4327 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
| 4328 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
| 4329 ins_compl_dictionaries( | |
| 703 | 4330 dict != NULL ? dict |
| 7 | 4331 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS |
| 4332 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL | |
| 4333 ? p_tsr | |
| 4334 : curbuf->b_p_tsr) | |
| 4335 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL | |
| 4336 ? p_dict | |
| 4337 : curbuf->b_p_dict)), | |
| 659 | 4338 compl_pattern, |
| 703 | 4339 dict != NULL ? dict_f |
| 4340 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS); | |
| 7 | 4341 dict = NULL; |
| 4342 break; | |
| 4343 | |
| 4344 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
| 4345 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */ | |
| 4346 save_p_ic = p_ic; | |
| 449 | 4347 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern); |
| 7 | 4348 |
|
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4349 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enormous number |
| 449 | 4350 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */ |
| 4351 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, | |
| 7 | 4352 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC | |
| 4353 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0), | |
| 4354 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0) | |
| 4355 { | |
| 942 | 4356 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
| 7 | 4357 } |
| 4358 p_ic = save_p_ic; | |
| 4359 break; | |
| 4360 | |
| 4361 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 449 | 4362 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, |
| 7 | 4363 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK) |
| 4364 { | |
| 4365 | |
| 4366 /* May change home directory back to "~". */ | |
| 449 | 4367 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches); |
| 4242 | 4368 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_fic || p_wic); |
| 7 | 4369 } |
| 4370 break; | |
| 4371 | |
| 4372 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 449 | 4373 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
| 4374 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), | |
| 7 | 4375 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK) |
| 681 | 4376 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4377 break; |
| 4378 | |
| 12 | 4379 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 4380 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
| 523 | 4381 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
| 659 | 4382 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern); |
| 12 | 4383 break; |
| 4384 #endif | |
| 4385 | |
| 477 | 4386 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
| 744 | 4387 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 477 | 4388 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum, |
| 1872 | 4389 compl_pattern, &matches); |
| 477 | 4390 if (num_matches > 0) |
| 942 | 4391 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
| 477 | 4392 #endif |
| 4393 break; | |
| 4394 | |
| 7 | 4395 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */ |
| 4396 /* | |
| 4397 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here | |
| 4398 */ | |
| 4399 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
| 4400 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf) | |
| 4401 p_scs = FALSE; | |
| 449 | 4402 |
| 5625 | 4403 /* Buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the |
| 7 | 4404 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this |
| 4405 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set | |
| 4406 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */ | |
| 4407 save_p_ws = p_ws; | |
| 4408 if (ins_buf != curbuf) | |
| 4409 p_ws = FALSE; | |
| 4410 else if (*e_cpt == '.') | |
| 4411 p_ws = TRUE; | |
| 4412 for (;;) | |
| 4413 { | |
| 464 | 4414 int flags = 0; |
| 7 | 4415 |
| 1007 | 4416 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */ |
| 4417 | |
| 6657 | 4418 /* CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode) |
| 4419 * || word-wise search that | |
| 540 | 4420 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */ |
| 6657 | 4421 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode) |
| 449 | 4422 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
| 7 | 4423 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos, |
| 659 | 4424 compl_direction, compl_pattern); |
| 7 | 4425 else |
| 659 | 4426 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, |
| 4427 compl_direction, | |
| 449 | 4428 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG, |
| 1496 | 4429 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL); |
| 1007 | 4430 --msg_silent; |
| 5625 | 4431 if (!compl_started || set_match_pos) |
| 7 | 4432 { |
| 667 | 4433 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */ |
| 449 | 4434 compl_started = TRUE; |
| 7 | 4435 first_match_pos = *pos; |
| 4436 last_match_pos = *pos; | |
| 5625 | 4437 set_match_pos = FALSE; |
| 7 | 4438 } |
| 4439 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum | |
| 665 | 4440 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col) |
| 7 | 4441 found_new_match = FAIL; |
| 4442 if (found_new_match == FAIL) | |
| 4443 { | |
| 4444 if (ins_buf == curbuf) | |
| 4445 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4446 break; | |
| 4447 } | |
| 4448 | |
| 4449 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */ | |
| 449 | 4450 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf |
| 7 | 4451 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum |
| 4452 && ini->col == pos->col) | |
| 4453 continue; | |
| 4454 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col; | |
| 6657 | 4455 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) |
| 7 | 4456 { |
| 449 | 4457 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 7 | 4458 { |
| 4459 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 4460 continue; | |
| 4461 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 4462 if (!p_paste) | |
| 4463 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 4464 } | |
| 4465 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 4466 } | |
| 4467 else | |
| 4468 { | |
| 449 | 4469 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr; |
| 4470 | |
| 4471 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 4472 { |
| 449 | 4473 tmp_ptr += compl_length; |
| 7 | 4474 /* Skip if already inside a word. */ |
| 4475 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)) | |
| 4476 continue; | |
| 4477 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
| 4478 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4479 } | |
| 4480 /* Find end of this word. */ | |
| 4481 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4482 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 4483 | |
| 449 | 4484 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 4485 && len == compl_length) | |
| 7 | 4486 { |
| 4487 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 4488 { | |
| 4489 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be | |
| 4490 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used. | |
| 4491 * IOSIZE is always greater than | |
| 449 | 4492 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always |
| 7 | 4493 * works -- Acevedo */ |
| 4494 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len); | |
| 4495 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 4496 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 4497 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
| 4498 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4499 /* Find end of next word. */ | |
| 4500 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4501 if (tmp_ptr > ptr) | |
| 4502 { | |
| 419 | 4503 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB) |
| 7 | 4504 { |
| 419 | 4505 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ') |
| 7 | 4506 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
| 4507 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */ | |
| 4508 if (p_js | |
| 419 | 4509 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.' |
| 7 | 4510 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) |
| 4511 == NULL | |
| 419 | 4512 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?' |
| 4513 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!')))) | |
| 7 | 4514 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
| 4515 } | |
|
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4516 /* copy as much as possible of the new word */ |
| 7 | 4517 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len) |
| 4518 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1; | |
| 4519 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 4520 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 464 | 4521 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 4522 } |
| 4523 IObuff[len] = NUL; | |
| 4524 ptr = IObuff; | |
| 4525 } | |
| 449 | 4526 if (len == compl_length) |
| 7 | 4527 continue; |
| 4528 } | |
| 4529 } | |
| 942 | 4530 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic, |
| 540 | 4531 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname, |
| 659 | 4532 0, flags) != NOTDONE) |
| 7 | 4533 { |
| 4534 found_new_match = OK; | |
| 4535 break; | |
| 4536 } | |
| 4537 } | |
| 4538 p_scs = save_p_scs; | |
| 4539 p_ws = save_p_ws; | |
| 4540 } | |
| 540 | 4541 |
| 449 | 4542 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of |
| 1796 | 4543 * expansion added something) */ |
| 540 | 4544 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match) |
| 7 | 4545 found_new_match = OK; |
| 4546 | |
| 4547 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the | |
| 4548 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */ | |
| 6657 | 4549 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && !CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) |
| 449 | 4550 || found_new_match != FAIL) |
| 540 | 4551 { |
| 4552 if (got_int) | |
| 4553 break; | |
| 665 | 4554 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */ |
| 989 | 4555 if (type != -1) |
| 540 | 4556 ins_compl_check_keys(0); |
| 665 | 4557 |
| 6657 | 4558 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && !CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) |
| 540 | 4559 || compl_interrupted) |
| 4560 break; | |
| 4561 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 4562 } | |
| 4563 else | |
| 4564 { | |
| 4565 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */ | |
| 4566 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
| 4567 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE; | |
| 4568 | |
| 4569 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 4570 } | |
| 449 | 4571 } |
| 4572 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4573 |
| 6657 | 4574 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) |
| 7 | 4575 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */ |
| 4576 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
| 4577 | |
| 4578 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */ | |
| 4579 if (found_new_match == FAIL | |
| 6657 | 4580 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && !CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode))) |
| 7 | 4581 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); |
| 4582 | |
| 4583 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has | |
| 449 | 4584 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next |
| 4585 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */ | |
| 724 | 4586 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next |
| 4587 : old_match->cp_prev; | |
| 449 | 4588 if (compl_curr_match == NULL) |
| 4589 compl_curr_match = old_match; | |
| 7 | 4590 return i; |
| 4591 } | |
| 4592 | |
| 4593 /* Delete the old text being completed. */ | |
| 4594 static void | |
| 4595 ins_compl_delete() | |
| 4596 { | |
| 4597 int i; | |
| 4598 | |
| 4599 /* | |
| 4600 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part. | |
| 4601 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any. | |
| 4602 */ | |
| 449 | 4603 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0); |
| 7 | 4604 backspace_until_column(i); |
| 6056 | 4605 |
| 6075 | 4606 /* TODO: is this sufficient for redrawing? Redrawing everything causes |
| 4607 * flicker, thus we can't do that. */ | |
| 7 | 4608 changed_cline_bef_curs(); |
| 4609 } | |
| 4610 | |
| 4611 /* Insert the new text being completed. */ | |
| 4612 static void | |
| 4613 ins_compl_insert() | |
| 4614 { | |
| 1782 | 4615 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len()); |
| 683 | 4616 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 4617 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 4618 else | |
| 4619 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4620 } |
| 4621 | |
| 4622 /* | |
| 4623 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction. | |
| 464 | 4624 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to |
| 4625 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there | |
| 4626 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when | |
| 4627 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing | |
| 4628 * through the ones found so far. | |
| 7 | 4629 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb. |
| 4630 * | |
| 449 | 4631 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use |
| 4632 * compl_shown_match here. | |
| 7 | 4633 * |
| 4634 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with | |
| 464 | 4635 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn |
| 4636 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE. | |
| 7 | 4637 */ |
| 4638 static int | |
| 665 | 4639 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match) |
| 7 | 4640 int allow_get_expansion; |
| 610 | 4641 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should |
| 4642 be at least 1 */ | |
| 665 | 4643 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */ |
| 7 | 4644 { |
| 4645 int num_matches = -1; | |
| 4646 int i; | |
| 610 | 4647 int todo = count; |
| 657 | 4648 compl_T *found_compl = NULL; |
| 4649 int found_end = FALSE; | |
| 836 | 4650 int advance; |
| 7 | 4651 |
| 3271 | 4652 /* When user complete function return -1 for findstart which is next |
| 4653 * time of 'always', compl_shown_match become NULL. */ | |
| 4654 if (compl_shown_match == NULL) | |
| 4655 return -1; | |
| 4656 | |
| 665 | 4657 if (compl_leader != NULL |
| 4658 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
| 4659 { | |
| 4660 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ | |
| 4661 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */ | |
| 681 | 4662 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
| 835 | 4663 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) |
| 665 | 4664 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL |
| 4665 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match) | |
| 4666 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 887 | 4667 |
| 4668 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is | |
| 4669 * backward, find the last match. */ | |
| 4670 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
| 4671 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
| 4672 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
| 4673 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL | |
| 4674 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match)) | |
| 4675 { | |
| 4676 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
| 4677 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
| 4678 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL | |
| 4679 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match) | |
| 4680 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
| 4681 } | |
| 665 | 4682 } |
| 4683 | |
| 4684 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match | |
| 874 | 4685 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match)) |
| 7 | 4686 /* Delete old text to be replaced */ |
| 4687 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 665 | 4688 |
| 836 | 4689 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text, |
| 4690 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */ | |
| 4691 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest; | |
| 4692 | |
| 874 | 4693 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */ |
| 4694 if (compl_restarting) | |
| 4695 { | |
| 4696 advance = FALSE; | |
| 4697 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
| 4698 } | |
| 4699 | |
| 610 | 4700 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap |
| 4701 * around. */ | |
| 4702 while (--todo >= 0) | |
| 4703 { | |
| 4704 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
| 4705 { | |
| 4706 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 657 | 4707 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL |
| 4708 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match | |
| 4709 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match)); | |
| 610 | 4710 } |
| 4711 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
| 4712 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
| 4713 { | |
| 657 | 4714 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
| 610 | 4715 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; |
| 657 | 4716 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
| 7 | 4717 } |
| 4718 else | |
| 610 | 4719 { |
| 909 | 4720 if (!allow_get_expansion) |
| 4721 { | |
| 4722 if (advance) | |
| 4723 { | |
| 4724 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 4725 compl_pending -= todo + 1; | |
| 4726 else | |
| 4727 compl_pending += todo + 1; | |
| 4728 } | |
| 4729 return -1; | |
| 4730 } | |
| 4731 | |
| 836 | 4732 if (advance) |
| 4733 { | |
| 4734 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 4735 --compl_pending; | |
| 4736 else | |
| 4737 ++compl_pending; | |
| 4738 } | |
| 657 | 4739 |
| 874 | 4740 /* Find matches. */ |
| 659 | 4741 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos); |
| 909 | 4742 |
| 4743 /* handle any pending completions */ | |
| 4744 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir | |
| 836 | 4745 && advance) |
| 909 | 4746 { |
| 4747 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
| 4748 { | |
| 4749 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 4750 --compl_pending; | |
| 4751 } | |
| 4752 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
| 4753 { | |
| 4754 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
| 4755 ++compl_pending; | |
| 4756 } | |
| 4757 else | |
| 4758 break; | |
| 4759 } | |
| 657 | 4760 found_end = FALSE; |
| 4761 } | |
| 4762 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 | |
| 4763 && compl_leader != NULL | |
| 681 | 4764 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
| 835 | 4765 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
| 657 | 4766 ++todo; |
| 4767 else | |
| 4768 /* Remember a matching item. */ | |
| 4769 found_compl = compl_shown_match; | |
| 4770 | |
| 4771 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */ | |
| 4772 if (found_end) | |
| 4773 { | |
| 4774 if (found_compl != NULL) | |
| 610 | 4775 { |
| 657 | 4776 compl_shown_match = found_compl; |
| 4777 break; | |
| 610 | 4778 } |
| 657 | 4779 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */ |
| 610 | 4780 } |
| 7 | 4781 } |
| 4782 | |
| 665 | 4783 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */ |
| 4784 if (insert_match) | |
| 4785 { | |
| 4786 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match) | |
| 4787 ins_compl_insert(); | |
| 4788 else | |
| 1782 | 4789 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 665 | 4790 } |
| 4791 else | |
| 4792 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 4793 |
| 4794 if (!allow_get_expansion) | |
| 4795 { | |
| 540 | 4796 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */ |
| 4797 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
| 4798 | |
| 665 | 4799 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */ |
| 4800 update_screen(0); | |
| 4801 | |
| 540 | 4802 /* display the updated popup menu */ |
| 4803 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 864 | 4804 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 4805 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 4806 { | |
| 4807 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
| 4808 setcursor(); | |
| 4809 out_flush(); | |
| 4810 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 4811 } | |
| 4812 #endif | |
| 540 | 4813 |
| 7 | 4814 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and |
| 4815 * don't want to match ourselves! */ | |
| 4816 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 4817 } | |
| 4818 | |
| 825 | 4819 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup |
| 1219 | 4820 * menu is visible. */ |
| 825 | 4821 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL; |
| 4822 | |
| 7 | 4823 /* |
| 4824 * Show the file name for the match (if any) | |
| 4825 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return. | |
| 4826 */ | |
| 464 | 4827 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL) |
| 7 | 4828 { |
| 4829 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file "); | |
| 464 | 4830 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col; |
| 7 | 4831 if (i <= 0) |
| 4832 i = 0; | |
| 4833 else | |
| 4834 STRCAT(IObuff, "<"); | |
| 464 | 4835 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i); |
| 7 | 4836 msg(IObuff); |
| 4837 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */ | |
| 4838 } | |
| 4839 | |
| 4840 return num_matches; | |
| 4841 } | |
| 4842 | |
| 4843 /* | |
| 4844 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key | |
| 4845 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion | |
| 716 | 4846 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as |
| 7 | 4847 * possible. -- webb |
| 464 | 4848 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check. |
| 7 | 4849 */ |
| 4850 void | |
| 464 | 4851 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency) |
| 4852 int frequency; | |
| 7 | 4853 { |
| 4854 static int count = 0; | |
| 4855 | |
| 4856 int c; | |
| 4857 | |
| 4858 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test | |
| 4859 * scripts */ | |
| 4860 if (using_script()) | |
| 4861 return; | |
| 4862 | |
| 4863 /* Only do this at regular intervals */ | |
| 464 | 4864 if (++count < frequency) |
| 7 | 4865 return; |
| 4866 count = 0; | |
| 4867 | |
| 909 | 4868 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key() |
| 4869 * can't do its work correctly. */ | |
| 7 | 4870 c = vpeekc_any(); |
| 4871 if (c != NUL) | |
| 4872 { | |
| 4873 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R) | |
| 4874 { | |
| 4875 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */ | |
| 610 | 4876 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
| 665 | 4877 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c), |
| 4878 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN); | |
| 7 | 4879 } |
| 909 | 4880 else |
| 4881 { | |
| 4882 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it | |
| 1526 | 4883 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */ |
| 909 | 4884 c = safe_vgetc(); |
| 1526 | 4885 if (c != K_IGNORE) |
| 4886 { | |
| 4887 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed, | |
| 4888 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */ | |
| 4889 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped) | |
| 4890 compl_interrupted = TRUE; | |
| 4891 | |
| 4892 vungetc(c); | |
| 4893 } | |
| 909 | 4894 } |
| 449 | 4895 } |
| 716 | 4896 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int) |
| 909 | 4897 { |
| 4898 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending; | |
| 4899 | |
| 4900 compl_pending = 0; | |
| 4901 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE); | |
| 4902 } | |
| 610 | 4903 } |
| 4904 | |
| 4905 /* | |
| 4906 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed. | |
| 4907 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD. | |
| 4908 */ | |
| 4909 static int | |
| 4910 ins_compl_key2dir(c) | |
| 4911 int c; | |
| 4912 { | |
| 665 | 4913 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L |
| 4914 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP | |
| 4915 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP))) | |
| 610 | 4916 return BACKWARD; |
| 4917 return FORWARD; | |
| 4918 } | |
| 4919 | |
| 4920 /* | |
| 644 | 4921 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu |
| 4922 * is visible. | |
| 4923 */ | |
| 4924 static int | |
| 4925 ins_compl_pum_key(c) | |
| 4926 int c; | |
| 4927 { | |
| 4928 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP | |
| 665 | 4929 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN |
| 4930 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN); | |
| 644 | 4931 } |
| 4932 | |
| 4933 /* | |
| 610 | 4934 * Decide the number of completions to move forward. |
| 4935 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys. | |
| 4936 */ | |
| 4937 static int | |
| 4938 ins_compl_key2count(c) | |
| 4939 int c; | |
| 4940 { | |
| 4941 int h; | |
| 4942 | |
| 665 | 4943 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN) |
| 610 | 4944 { |
| 4945 h = pum_get_height(); | |
| 4946 if (h > 3) | |
| 4947 h -= 2; /* keep some context */ | |
| 4948 return h; | |
| 4949 } | |
| 4950 return 1; | |
| 7 | 4951 } |
| 4952 | |
| 4953 /* | |
| 681 | 4954 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only |
| 4955 * to change the currently selected completion. | |
| 4956 */ | |
| 4957 static int | |
| 4958 ins_compl_use_match(c) | |
| 4959 int c; | |
| 4960 { | |
| 4961 switch (c) | |
| 4962 { | |
| 4963 case K_UP: | |
| 4964 case K_DOWN: | |
| 4965 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
| 4966 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 4967 case K_S_DOWN: | |
| 4968 case K_PAGEUP: | |
| 4969 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 4970 case K_S_UP: | |
| 4971 return FALSE; | |
| 4972 } | |
| 4973 return TRUE; | |
| 4974 } | |
| 4975 | |
| 4976 /* | |
| 7 | 4977 * Do Insert mode completion. |
| 4978 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion. | |
| 4979 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem). | |
| 4980 */ | |
| 4981 static int | |
| 4982 ins_complete(c) | |
| 449 | 4983 int c; |
| 7 | 4984 { |
| 449 | 4985 char_u *line; |
| 4986 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */ | |
| 4987 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */ | |
| 4988 int n; | |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
4989 int save_w_wrow; |
| 7 | 4990 |
| 610 | 4991 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
| 449 | 4992 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 4993 { |
| 4994 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */ | |
| 4995 | |
| 4996 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 4997 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 4998 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 4999 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 5000 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 5001 #endif | |
| 5002 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 5003 return FAIL; | |
| 5004 | |
| 5005 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 449 | 5006 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 716 | 5007 compl_pending = 0; |
| 7 | 5008 |
| 1430 | 5009 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from |
| 449 | 5010 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word |
| 5011 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if | |
| 1430 | 5012 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it |
| 5013 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL | |
| 5014 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of | |
| 5015 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */ | |
| 665 | 5016 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT |
| 5017 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode) | |
| 7 | 5018 { |
| 5019 /* | |
| 5020 * it is a continued search | |
| 5021 */ | |
| 449 | 5022 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */ |
| 7 | 5023 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS |
| 5024 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
| 5025 { | |
| 449 | 5026 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum) |
| 7 | 5027 { |
| 449 | 5028 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the |
| 5029 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar | |
| 5030 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't | |
| 5031 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */ | |
| 5032 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); | |
| 5033 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
| 5034 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 5035 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */ | |
| 7 | 5036 } |
| 5037 else | |
| 5038 { | |
| 5039 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the | |
| 5040 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL | |
| 449 | 5041 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */ |
| 5042 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) | |
| 7 | 5043 { |
| 449 | 5044 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL; |
| 5045 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite( | |
| 5046 line + compl_length | |
| 5047 + compl_startpos.col) - line); | |
| 7 | 5048 } |
| 449 | 5049 compl_col = compl_startpos.col; |
| 7 | 5050 } |
| 449 | 5051 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 502 | 5052 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we |
| 1796 | 5053 * have enough space? just being paranoid */ |
| 7 | 5054 #define MIN_SPACE 75 |
| 449 | 5055 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE)) |
| 7 | 5056 { |
| 449 | 5057 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; |
| 5058 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE); | |
| 5059 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length; | |
| 7 | 5060 } |
| 449 | 5061 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 5062 if (compl_length < 1) | |
| 5063 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 7 | 5064 } |
| 6657 | 5065 else if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) |
| 449 | 5066 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 7 | 5067 else |
| 449 | 5068 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 7 | 5069 } |
| 5070 else | |
| 449 | 5071 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; |
| 5072 | |
| 5073 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */ | |
| 5074 { | |
| 5075 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode; | |
| 7 | 5076 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */ |
| 449 | 5077 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 5078 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS; | |
| 5079 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5080 startcol = (int)curs_col; | |
| 5081 compl_col = 0; | |
| 7 | 5082 } |
| 5083 | |
| 5084 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */ | |
| 5085 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)) | |
| 5086 { | |
| 449 | 5087 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL) |
| 7 | 5088 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) |
| 5089 { | |
| 449 | 5090 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) |
| 7 | 5091 { |
| 449 | 5092 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 5093 ; |
| 449 | 5094 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 5095 compl_length = curs_col - startcol; | |
| 7 | 5096 } |
| 5097 if (p_ic) | |
| 449 | 5098 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, |
| 5099 compl_length, NULL, 0); | |
| 7 | 5100 else |
| 449 | 5101 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, |
| 5102 compl_length); | |
| 5103 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5104 return FAIL; |
| 5105 } | |
| 449 | 5106 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 7 | 5107 { |
| 5108 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<"; | |
| 5109 | |
| 1872 | 5110 /* we need up to 2 extra chars for the prefix */ |
| 449 | 5111 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
| 1872 | 5112 compl_length) + 2); |
| 449 | 5113 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
| 7 | 5114 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5115 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col) |
| 5116 || (compl_col > 0 | |
| 7 | 5117 && ( |
| 5118 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 449 | 5119 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col)) |
| 7 | 5120 #else |
| 449 | 5121 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1]) |
| 7 | 5122 #endif |
| 5123 ))) | |
| 5124 prefix = (char_u *)""; | |
| 449 | 5125 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix); |
| 5126 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix), | |
| 5127 line + compl_col, compl_length); | |
| 7 | 5128 } |
| 449 | 5129 else if (--startcol < 0 || |
| 7 | 5130 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 449 | 5131 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1)) |
| 7 | 5132 #else |
| 449 | 5133 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol]) |
| 7 | 5134 #endif |
| 5135 ) | |
| 5136 { | |
| 5137 /* Match any word of at least two chars */ | |
| 449 | 5138 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k"); |
| 5139 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5140 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5141 compl_col += curs_col; |
| 5142 compl_length = 0; | |
| 7 | 5143 } |
| 5144 else | |
| 5145 { | |
| 5146 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5147 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character | |
| 5148 * or not a word single byte character backward. */ | |
| 5149 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 5150 { | |
| 5151 int base_class; | |
| 5152 int head_off; | |
| 5153 | |
| 449 | 5154 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
| 5155 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol); | |
| 5156 while (--startcol >= 0) | |
| 7 | 5157 { |
| 449 | 5158 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
| 5159 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol | |
| 5160 - head_off)) | |
| 7 | 5161 break; |
| 449 | 5162 startcol -= head_off; |
| 7 | 5163 } |
| 5164 } | |
| 5165 else | |
| 5166 #endif | |
| 449 | 5167 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 5168 ; |
| 449 | 5169 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 5170 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
| 5171 if (compl_length == 1) | |
| 7 | 5172 { |
| 5173 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb | |
| 5174 * there's no need to call quote_meta, | |
| 5175 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo | |
| 5176 */ | |
| 449 | 5177 compl_pattern = alloc(7); |
| 5178 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5179 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5180 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
| 5181 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1); | |
| 5182 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k"); | |
| 7 | 5183 } |
| 5184 else | |
| 5185 { | |
| 449 | 5186 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
| 1872 | 5187 compl_length) + 2); |
| 449 | 5188 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
| 7 | 5189 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5190 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
| 5191 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, | |
| 5192 compl_length); | |
| 7 | 5193 } |
| 5194 } | |
| 5195 } | |
| 6657 | 5196 else if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) |
| 7 | 5197 { |
| 835 | 5198 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); |
| 449 | 5199 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col; |
| 5200 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */ | |
| 5201 compl_length = 0; | |
| 7 | 5202 if (p_ic) |
| 449 | 5203 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length, |
| 5204 NULL, 0); | |
| 7 | 5205 else |
| 449 | 5206 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5207 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5208 return FAIL; |
| 5209 } | |
| 5210 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES) | |
| 5211 { | |
| 5332 | 5212 /* Go back to just before the first filename character. */ |
| 5349 | 5213 if (startcol > 0) |
| 5214 { | |
| 5215 char_u *p = line + startcol; | |
| 5216 | |
| 5332 | 5217 mb_ptr_back(line, p); |
| 5349 | 5218 while (p > line && vim_isfilec(PTR2CHAR(p))) |
| 5219 mb_ptr_back(line, p); | |
| 5220 if (p == line && vim_isfilec(PTR2CHAR(p))) | |
| 5221 startcol = 0; | |
| 5222 else | |
| 5223 startcol = (int)(p - line) + 1; | |
| 5224 } | |
| 5345 | 5225 |
| 5226 compl_col += startcol; | |
| 449 | 5227 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; |
| 5228 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length, | |
| 5229 EXPAND_FILES); | |
| 5230 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5231 return FAIL; |
| 5232 } | |
| 5233 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 5234 { | |
| 449 | 5235 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col); |
| 5236 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5237 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5238 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
| 5239 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col); | |
| 5240 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL | |
| 5241 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING) | |
| 935 | 5242 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a |
| 5243 * "pattern not found" message. */ | |
| 897 | 5244 compl_col = curs_col; |
| 5245 else | |
| 935 | 5246 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern); |
| 5247 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; | |
| 7 | 5248 } |
| 523 | 5249 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
| 502 | 5250 { |
| 12 | 5251 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 5252 /* | |
| 502 | 5253 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart" |
| 5254 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion. | |
| 12 | 5255 */ |
| 502 | 5256 char_u *args[2]; |
| 452 | 5257 int col; |
| 502 | 5258 char_u *funcname; |
| 5259 pos_T pos; | |
| 2631 | 5260 win_T *curwin_save; |
| 5261 buf_T *curbuf_save; | |
| 502 | 5262 |
| 523 | 5263 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a |
| 502 | 5264 * string */ |
| 5265 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
| 5266 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
| 5267 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
| 523 | 5268 { |
| 5269 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
| 5270 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc"); | |
| 12 | 5271 return FAIL; |
| 523 | 5272 } |
| 452 | 5273 |
| 5274 args[0] = (char_u *)"1"; | |
| 502 | 5275 args[1] = NULL; |
| 5276 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2631 | 5277 curwin_save = curwin; |
| 5278 curbuf_save = curbuf; | |
| 502 | 5279 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); |
| 2631 | 5280 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) |
| 5281 { | |
| 5282 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); | |
| 5283 return FAIL; | |
| 5284 } | |
| 502 | 5285 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ |
| 6209 | 5286 validate_cursor(); |
| 2631 | 5287 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) |
| 5288 { | |
| 5289 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); | |
| 5290 return FAIL; | |
| 5291 } | |
| 502 | 5292 |
| 3302 | 5293 /* Return value -2 means the user complete function wants to |
| 3516 | 5294 * cancel the complete without an error. |
| 5295 * Return value -3 does the same as -2 and leaves CTRL-X mode.*/ | |
| 3302 | 5296 if (col == -2) |
| 5297 return FAIL; | |
| 3516 | 5298 if (col == -3) |
| 5299 { | |
| 5300 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 5301 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 5946 | 5302 if (!shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) |
| 5303 msg_clr_cmdline(); | |
| 3516 | 5304 return FAIL; |
| 5305 } | |
| 3302 | 5306 |
| 3078 | 5307 /* |
| 5308 * Reset extended parameters of completion, when start new | |
| 5309 * completion. | |
| 5310 */ | |
| 5311 compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; | |
| 5312 | |
| 452 | 5313 if (col < 0) |
| 523 | 5314 col = curs_col; |
| 452 | 5315 compl_col = col; |
| 1872 | 5316 if (compl_col > curs_col) |
| 452 | 5317 compl_col = curs_col; |
| 449 | 5318 |
| 5319 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again, | |
| 5320 * it may have become invalid. */ | |
| 5321 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 452 | 5322 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; |
| 449 | 5323 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5324 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 502 | 5325 #endif |
| 449 | 5326 return FAIL; |
| 5327 } | |
| 477 | 5328 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL) |
| 5329 { | |
| 744 | 5330 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 497 | 5331 if (spell_bad_len > 0) |
| 5332 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len; | |
| 5333 else | |
| 5334 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol); | |
| 5335 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol) | |
| 897 | 5336 { |
| 5337 compl_length = 0; | |
| 5338 compl_col = curs_col; | |
| 5339 } | |
| 5340 else | |
| 5341 { | |
| 5342 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col); | |
| 5343 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col; | |
| 5344 } | |
| 818 | 5345 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */ |
| 5346 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 477 | 5347 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5348 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 5349 #endif | |
| 5350 return FAIL; | |
| 5351 } | |
| 449 | 5352 else |
| 5353 { | |
| 5354 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()"); | |
| 5355 return FAIL; | |
| 5356 } | |
| 5357 | |
| 5358 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 5359 { |
| 5360 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding"); | |
| 6657 | 5361 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) |
| 7 | 5362 { |
| 5363 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */ | |
| 5364 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5365 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com; | |
| 5366 | |
| 5367 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)""; | |
| 5368 #endif | |
| 449 | 5369 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 5370 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
| 7 | 5371 ins_eol('\r'); |
| 5372 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5373 curbuf->b_p_com = old; | |
| 5374 #endif | |
| 449 | 5375 compl_length = 0; |
| 5376 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 7 | 5377 } |
| 5378 } | |
| 5379 else | |
| 5380 { | |
| 5381 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 449 | 5382 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; |
| 5383 } | |
| 5384 | |
| 5385 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) | |
| 5386 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]); | |
| 7 | 5387 else |
| 5388 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
| 5389 | |
| 3095 | 5390 /* If any of the original typed text has been changed we need to fix |
| 5391 * the redo buffer. */ | |
| 5392 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(NULL); | |
| 5393 | |
| 694 | 5394 /* Always add completion for the original text. */ |
| 5395 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
| 449 | 5396 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5397 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
| 942 | 5398 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
| 449 | 5399 { |
| 5400 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
| 5401 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 5402 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
| 5403 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 7 | 5404 return FAIL; |
| 5405 } | |
| 5406 | |
| 5407 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must | |
| 5408 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no | |
| 5409 * longer needed. -- Acevedo. | |
| 5410 */ | |
| 5411 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching..."); | |
| 5412 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5413 showmode(); | |
| 5414 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
| 5415 out_flush(); | |
| 5416 } | |
| 5417 | |
| 449 | 5418 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match; |
| 5419 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; | |
| 7 | 5420 |
| 5421 /* | |
| 665 | 5422 * Find next match (and following matches). |
| 7 | 5423 */ |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5424 save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow; |
| 681 | 5425 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c)); |
| 449 | 5426 |
| 540 | 5427 /* may undisplay the popup menu */ |
| 5428 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
| 5429 | |
| 449 | 5430 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */ |
| 5431 compl_matches = n; | |
| 5432 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; | |
| 5433 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir; | |
| 857 | 5434 |
| 5435 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert | |
| 5436 * mode. */ | |
| 7 | 5437 if (got_int && !global_busy) |
| 5438 { | |
| 5439 (void)vgetc(); | |
| 5440 got_int = FALSE; | |
| 5441 } | |
| 5442 | |
| 449 | 5443 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */ |
| 464 | 5444 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next) |
| 449 | 5445 { |
| 5446 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 5447 && compl_length > 1 | |
| 7 | 5448 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf); |
| 5449 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E; | |
| 5450 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode, | |
| 5451 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used | |
| 5452 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word | |
| 5453 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */ | |
| 449 | 5454 if ( compl_length > 1 |
| 5455 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 5456 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 |
| 5457 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS | |
| 5458 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)) | |
| 449 | 5459 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 5460 } | |
| 5461 | |
| 464 | 5462 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS) |
| 449 | 5463 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 5464 else |
| 449 | 5465 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 5466 |
| 5467 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL) | |
| 5468 { | |
| 464 | 5469 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 7 | 5470 { |
| 5471 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original"); | |
| 5472 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W; | |
| 5473 } | |
| 449 | 5474 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) |
| 7 | 5475 { |
| 5476 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line"); | |
| 5477 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5478 } | |
| 464 | 5479 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev) |
| 7 | 5480 { |
| 5481 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match"); | |
| 5482 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5483 } | |
| 5484 else | |
| 5485 { | |
| 5486 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */ | |
| 464 | 5487 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1) |
| 7 | 5488 { |
| 464 | 5489 int number = 0; |
| 5490 compl_T *match; | |
| 7 | 5491 |
| 449 | 5492 if (compl_direction == FORWARD) |
| 7 | 5493 { |
| 5494 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number. | |
| 5495 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop | |
| 5496 * cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
| 464 | 5497 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL |
| 5498 && match != compl_first_match; | |
| 5499 match = match->cp_prev) | |
| 5500 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
| 7 | 5501 { |
| 464 | 5502 number = match->cp_number; |
| 7 | 5503 break; |
| 5504 } | |
| 5505 if (match != NULL) | |
| 5506 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned | |
| 5507 * yet */ | |
| 540 | 5508 for (match = match->cp_next; |
| 5509 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1; | |
| 464 | 5510 match = match->cp_next) |
| 5511 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
| 7 | 5512 } |
| 5513 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
| 5514 { | |
| 5515 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1) | |
| 5516 * number. This should normally succeed already at the | |
| 5517 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
| 464 | 5518 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL |
| 5519 && match != compl_first_match; | |
| 5520 match = match->cp_next) | |
| 5521 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
| 7 | 5522 { |
| 464 | 5523 number = match->cp_number; |
| 7 | 5524 break; |
| 5525 } | |
| 5526 if (match != NULL) | |
| 5527 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not | |
| 5528 * assigned yet */ | |
| 464 | 5529 for (match = match->cp_prev; match |
| 5530 && match->cp_number == -1; | |
| 5531 match = match->cp_prev) | |
| 5532 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
| 7 | 5533 } |
| 5534 } | |
| 5535 | |
| 540 | 5536 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is |
| 5537 * just a safety check. */ | |
| 464 | 5538 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1) |
| 7 | 5539 { |
| 1063 | 5540 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31. |
| 5541 * Translations may need more than twice that. */ | |
| 5542 static char_u match_ref[81]; | |
| 7 | 5543 |
| 449 | 5544 if (compl_matches > 0) |
| 1063 | 5545 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
| 5546 _("match %d of %d"), | |
| 464 | 5547 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches); |
| 7 | 5548 else |
| 1063 | 5549 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
| 5550 _("match %d"), | |
| 5551 compl_curr_match->cp_number); | |
| 7 | 5552 edit_submode_extra = match_ref; |
| 5553 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R; | |
| 3318 | 5554 if (dollar_vcol >= 0) |
| 7 | 5555 curs_columns(FALSE); |
| 5556 } | |
| 5557 } | |
| 5558 } | |
| 5559 | |
| 5560 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */ | |
| 5561 showmode(); | |
| 5946 | 5562 if (!shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) |
| 5563 { | |
| 5564 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
| 5565 { | |
| 5566 if (!p_smd) | |
| 5567 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra, | |
| 5568 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT | |
| 5569 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0); | |
| 5570 } | |
| 5571 else | |
| 5572 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ | |
| 5573 } | |
| 7 | 5574 |
| 857 | 5575 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */ |
| 5576 if (!compl_interrupted) | |
| 5577 { | |
| 5578 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */ | |
| 5579 n = RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 5580 RedrawingDisabled = 0; | |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5581 |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5582 /* If the cursor moved we need to remove the pum first. */ |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5583 setcursor(); |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5584 if (save_w_wrow != curwin->w_wrow) |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5585 ins_compl_del_pum(); |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5586 |
| 857 | 5587 ins_compl_show_pum(); |
| 5588 setcursor(); | |
| 5589 RedrawingDisabled = n; | |
| 5590 } | |
| 874 | 5591 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted; |
| 857 | 5592 compl_interrupted = FALSE; |
| 540 | 5593 |
| 7 | 5594 return OK; |
| 5595 } | |
| 5596 | |
| 5597 /* | |
| 5598 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars. | |
| 5599 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with | |
| 5600 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated. | |
| 5601 * Returns the length (needed) of dest | |
| 5602 */ | |
| 1872 | 5603 static unsigned |
| 7 | 5604 quote_meta(dest, src, len) |
| 5605 char_u *dest; | |
| 5606 char_u *src; | |
| 5607 int len; | |
| 5608 { | |
| 1872 | 5609 unsigned m = (unsigned)len + 1; /* one extra for the NUL */ |
| 5610 | |
| 5611 for ( ; --len >= 0; src++) | |
| 7 | 5612 { |
| 5613 switch (*src) | |
| 5614 { | |
| 5615 case '.': | |
| 5616 case '*': | |
| 5617 case '[': | |
| 5618 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
| 5619 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 5620 break; | |
| 5621 case '~': | |
| 5622 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */ | |
| 5623 break; | |
| 5624 case '\\': | |
| 5625 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
| 5626 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 5627 break; | |
| 5628 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */ | |
| 5629 case '$': | |
| 5630 m++; | |
| 5631 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5632 *dest++ = '\\'; | |
| 5633 break; | |
| 5634 } | |
| 5635 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5636 *dest++ = *src; | |
| 464 | 5637 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7 | 5638 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */ |
| 5639 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 5640 { | |
| 5641 int i, mb_len; | |
| 5642 | |
| 474 | 5643 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1; |
| 7 | 5644 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len) |
| 5645 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i) | |
| 5646 { | |
| 5647 --len; | |
| 5648 ++src; | |
| 5649 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5650 *dest++ = *src; | |
| 5651 } | |
| 5652 } | |
| 464 | 5653 # endif |
| 7 | 5654 } |
| 5655 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5656 *dest = NUL; | |
| 5657 | |
| 5658 return m; | |
| 5659 } | |
| 5660 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
| 5661 | |
| 5662 /* | |
| 5663 * Next character is interpreted literally. | |
| 5664 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value. | |
| 5665 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc(). | |
| 5666 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned. | |
| 5667 */ | |
| 5668 int | |
| 5669 get_literal() | |
| 5670 { | |
| 5671 int cc; | |
| 5672 int nc; | |
| 5673 int i; | |
| 5674 int hex = FALSE; | |
| 5675 int octal = FALSE; | |
| 5676 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5677 int unicode = 0; | |
| 5678 #endif | |
| 5679 | |
| 5680 if (got_int) | |
| 5681 return Ctrl_C; | |
| 5682 | |
| 5683 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5684 /* | |
| 5685 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key. | |
| 5686 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would | |
| 5687 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be | |
| 5688 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb | |
| 5689 */ | |
| 5690 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 5691 ++allow_keys; | |
| 5692 #endif | |
| 5693 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 5694 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 5695 #endif | |
| 5696 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
| 5697 cc = 0; | |
| 5698 i = 0; | |
| 5699 for (;;) | |
| 5700 { | |
| 1389 | 5701 nc = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 5702 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
| 5703 if (!(State & CMDLINE) | |
| 5704 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5705 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1 | |
| 5706 # endif | |
| 5707 ) | |
| 5708 add_to_showcmd(nc); | |
| 5709 #endif | |
| 5710 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X') | |
| 5711 hex = TRUE; | |
| 5712 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O') | |
| 5713 octal = TRUE; | |
| 5714 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5715 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U') | |
| 5716 unicode = nc; | |
| 5717 #endif | |
| 5718 else | |
| 5719 { | |
| 5720 if (hex | |
| 5721 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5722 || unicode != 0 | |
| 5723 #endif | |
| 5724 ) | |
| 5725 { | |
| 5726 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc)) | |
| 5727 break; | |
| 5728 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc); | |
| 5729 } | |
| 5730 else if (octal) | |
| 5731 { | |
| 5732 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7') | |
| 5733 break; | |
| 5734 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0'; | |
| 5735 } | |
| 5736 else | |
| 5737 { | |
| 5738 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc)) | |
| 5739 break; | |
| 5740 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0'; | |
| 5741 } | |
| 5742 | |
| 5743 ++i; | |
| 5744 } | |
| 5745 | |
| 5746 if (cc > 255 | |
| 5747 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5748 && unicode == 0 | |
| 5749 #endif | |
| 5750 ) | |
| 5751 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */ | |
| 5752 nc = 0; | |
| 5753 | |
| 5754 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */ | |
| 5755 { | |
| 5756 if (i >= 2) | |
| 5757 break; | |
| 5758 } | |
| 5759 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5760 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */ | |
| 5761 { | |
| 5762 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8)) | |
| 5763 break; | |
| 5764 } | |
| 5765 #endif | |
| 5766 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */ | |
| 5767 break; | |
| 5768 } | |
| 5769 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */ | |
| 5770 { | |
| 5771 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
| 5772 { | |
| 5773 cc = '\n'; | |
| 5774 nc = 0; | |
| 5775 } | |
| 5776 else | |
| 5777 { | |
| 5778 cc = nc; | |
| 5779 nc = 0; | |
| 5780 } | |
| 5781 } | |
| 5782 | |
| 5783 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
| 5784 cc = '\n'; | |
| 221 | 5785 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5786 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0) | |
| 5787 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the | |
| 5788 second byte will cause trouble! */ | |
| 5789 #endif | |
| 7 | 5790 |
| 5791 --no_mapping; | |
| 5792 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5793 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 5794 --allow_keys; | |
| 5795 #endif | |
| 5796 if (nc) | |
| 5797 vungetc(nc); | |
| 5798 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */ | |
| 5799 return cc; | |
| 5800 } | |
| 5801 | |
| 5802 /* | |
| 5803 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask | |
| 5804 */ | |
| 5805 static void | |
| 5806 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv) | |
| 5807 int c; | |
| 5808 int allow_modmask; | |
| 5809 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */ | |
| 5810 { | |
| 5811 char_u *p; | |
| 5812 int len; | |
| 5813 | |
| 5814 /* | |
| 5815 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is | |
| 5816 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace | |
| 5817 * mode. | |
| 5818 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>, | |
| 5819 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE. | |
| 5820 */ | |
| 5821 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 5822 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */ | |
| 5823 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD) | |
| 5824 allow_modmask = TRUE; | |
| 5825 #endif | |
| 5826 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask)) | |
| 5827 { | |
| 5828 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask); | |
| 5829 len = (int)STRLEN(p); | |
| 5830 c = p[len - 1]; | |
| 5831 if (len > 2) | |
| 5832 { | |
| 5833 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 5834 return; | |
| 5835 p[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 5836 ins_str(p); | |
| 620 | 5837 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1); |
| 7 | 5838 ctrlv = FALSE; |
| 5839 } | |
| 5840 } | |
| 5841 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 5842 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1); | |
| 5843 } | |
| 5844 | |
| 5845 /* | |
| 5846 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other | |
| 5847 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC | |
| 5848 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to | |
| 5849 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by | |
| 5850 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should | |
| 5851 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism. | |
| 5852 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D. | |
| 5853 */ | |
| 5854 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 5855 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
| 5856 #else | |
| 5857 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
| 5858 #endif | |
| 5859 | |
| 5860 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5861 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1)))) | |
| 5862 #else | |
| 5863 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc) | |
| 5864 #endif | |
| 5865 | |
| 3584 | 5866 /* |
| 5867 * "flags": INSCHAR_FORMAT - force formatting | |
| 5868 * INSCHAR_CTRLV - char typed just after CTRL-V | |
| 5869 * INSCHAR_NO_FEX - don't use 'formatexpr' | |
| 5870 * | |
| 5871 * NOTE: passes the flags value straight through to internal_format() which, | |
| 5872 * beside INSCHAR_FORMAT (above), is also looking for these: | |
| 5873 * INSCHAR_DO_COM - format comments | |
| 5874 * INSCHAR_COM_LIST - format comments with num list or 2nd line indent | |
| 5875 */ | |
| 7 | 5876 void |
| 5877 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent) | |
| 5878 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */ | |
| 5879 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */ | |
| 5880 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */ | |
| 5881 { | |
| 5882 int textwidth; | |
| 5883 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5884 char_u *p; | |
| 667 | 5885 #endif |
| 7 | 5886 int fo_ins_blank; |
| 6667 | 5887 int force_format = flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT; |
| 5888 | |
| 5889 textwidth = comp_textwidth(force_format); | |
| 7 | 5890 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); |
| 5891 | |
| 5892 /* | |
| 5893 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when: | |
| 5894 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only. | |
| 5895 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line | |
| 5896 * ends in white space. | |
| 5897 * - Otherwise: | |
| 5898 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank | |
| 5899 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless | |
| 5900 * we're in VREPLACE mode. | |
| 5901 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started | |
| 5902 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long | |
| 5903 * before the insert. | |
| 5904 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or | |
| 5905 * before 'textwidth' | |
| 5906 */ | |
| 667 | 5907 if (textwidth > 0 |
| 6667 | 5908 && (force_format |
| 7 | 5909 || (!vim_iswhite(c) |
| 5910 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5911 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 5912 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5913 #endif | |
| 5914 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 5915 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 5916 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG) | |
| 5917 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 5918 && (!fo_ins_blank | |
| 5919 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth | |
| 5920 )))))) | |
| 5921 { | |
| 667 | 5922 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting |
| 5923 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */ | |
| 5924 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
| 6667 | 5925 int do_internal = TRUE; |
| 5926 colnr_T virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() | |
| 5927 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); | |
| 5928 | |
| 5929 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0 | |
| 5930 && (force_format || virtcol > (colnr_T)textwidth)) | |
| 1000 | 5931 { |
| 5932 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0); | |
| 5933 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline() | |
| 5934 * was called. */ | |
| 5935 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
| 5936 } | |
| 5937 if (do_internal) | |
| 667 | 5938 #endif |
| 2004 | 5939 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL, c); |
| 667 | 5940 } |
| 5941 | |
| 7 | 5942 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */ |
| 5943 return; | |
| 5944 | |
| 5945 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5946 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */ | |
| 5947 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending) | |
| 5948 { | |
| 5949 char_u *line; | |
| 5950 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
| 5951 int middle_len, end_len; | |
| 5952 int i; | |
| 5953 | |
| 5954 /* | |
| 5955 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end | |
| 5956 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find. | |
| 5957 */ | |
| 3562 | 5958 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 7 | 5959 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */ |
| 5960 { | |
| 5961 /* Skip middle-comment string */ | |
| 5962 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ | |
| 5963 ++p; | |
| 5964 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 5965 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */ | |
| 5966 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1])) | |
| 5967 --middle_len; | |
| 5968 | |
| 5969 /* Find the end-comment string */ | |
| 5970 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ | |
| 5971 ++p; | |
| 5972 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 5973 | |
| 5974 /* Skip white space before the cursor */ | |
| 5975 i = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5976 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i])) | |
| 5977 ; | |
| 5978 i++; | |
| 5979 | |
| 5980 /* Skip to before the middle leader */ | |
| 5981 i -= middle_len; | |
| 5982 | |
| 5983 /* Check some expected things before we go on */ | |
| 5984 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending) | |
| 5985 { | |
| 5986 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */ | |
| 5987 backspace_until_column(i); | |
| 5988 | |
| 5989 /* | |
| 5990 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last | |
| 5991 * character, which will get inserted as normal later. | |
| 5992 */ | |
| 5993 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1); | |
| 5994 } | |
| 5995 } | |
| 5996 } | |
| 5997 end_comment_pending = NUL; | |
| 5998 #endif | |
| 5999 | |
| 6000 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 6001 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 6002 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 6003 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 6004 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 6005 #endif | |
| 6006 | |
| 6007 /* | |
| 6008 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once. | |
| 6009 * This speeds up normal text input considerably. | |
| 6010 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might | |
| 6011 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what | |
| 6012 * 'paste' is set).. | |
| 3390 | 6013 * Don't do this when there an InsertCharPre autocommand is defined, |
| 6014 * because we need to fire the event for every character. | |
| 7 | 6015 */ |
| 6016 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 6017 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
| 6018 #endif | |
| 6019 | |
| 6020 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
| 6021 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6022 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1) | |
| 6023 #endif | |
| 6024 && vpeekc() != NUL | |
| 6025 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6026 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 6027 && !cindent_on() | |
| 6028 #endif | |
| 6029 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 6030 && !p_ri | |
| 6031 #endif | |
| 3390 | 6032 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 6033 && !has_insertcharpre() | |
| 6034 #endif | |
| 7 | 6035 ) |
| 6036 { | |
| 6037 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100 | |
| 6038 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1]; | |
| 6039 int i; | |
| 6040 colnr_T virtcol = 0; | |
| 6041 | |
| 6042 buf[0] = c; | |
| 6043 i = 1; | |
| 667 | 6044 if (textwidth > 0) |
| 7 | 6045 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); |
| 6046 /* | |
| 6047 * Stop the string when: | |
| 6048 * - no more chars available | |
| 6049 * - finding a special character (command key) | |
| 6050 * - buffer is full | |
| 6051 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary | |
| 6052 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char | |
| 6053 */ | |
| 6054 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL | |
| 6055 && !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
| 6056 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6057 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1) | |
| 6058 #endif | |
| 6059 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN | |
| 6060 && (textwidth == 0 | |
| 6061 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 6062 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1]))) | |
| 6063 { | |
| 6064 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 6065 c = vgetc(); | |
| 6066 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 6067 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
| 6068 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 6069 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 6070 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
| 6071 # endif | |
| 6072 buf[i++] = c; | |
| 6073 #else | |
| 6074 buf[i++] = vgetc(); | |
| 6075 #endif | |
| 6076 } | |
| 6077 | |
| 6078 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 6079 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
| 6080 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */ | |
| 6081 #endif | |
| 6082 buf[i] = NUL; | |
| 6083 ins_str(buf); | |
| 6084 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
| 6085 { | |
| 6086 redo_literal(*buf); | |
| 6087 i = 1; | |
| 6088 } | |
| 6089 else | |
| 6090 i = 0; | |
| 6091 if (buf[i] != NUL) | |
| 620 | 6092 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1); |
| 7 | 6093 } |
| 6094 else | |
| 6095 { | |
| 6096 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 667 | 6097 int cc; |
| 6098 | |
| 7 | 6099 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) |
| 6100 { | |
| 6101 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 6102 | |
| 6103 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 6104 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
| 6105 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
| 6106 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 6107 } | |
| 6108 else | |
| 6109 #endif | |
| 6110 { | |
| 6111 ins_char(c); | |
| 6112 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
| 6113 redo_literal(c); | |
| 6114 else | |
| 6115 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 6116 } | |
| 6117 } | |
| 6118 } | |
| 6119 | |
| 6120 /* | |
| 667 | 6121 * Format text at the current insert position. |
| 3584 | 6122 * |
| 6123 * If the INSCHAR_COM_LIST flag is present, then the value of second_indent | |
| 6124 * will be the comment leader length sent to open_line(). | |
| 667 | 6125 */ |
| 6126 static void | |
| 2004 | 6127 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only, c) |
| 667 | 6128 int textwidth; |
| 6129 int second_indent; | |
| 6130 int flags; | |
| 6131 int format_only; | |
| 2004 | 6132 int c; /* character to be inserted (can be NUL) */ |
| 667 | 6133 { |
| 6134 int cc; | |
| 6135 int save_char = NUL; | |
| 6136 int haveto_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 6137 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
| 6138 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6139 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK); | |
| 6140 #endif | |
| 6141 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); | |
| 6142 int first_line = TRUE; | |
| 6143 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6144 colnr_T leader_len; | |
| 6145 int no_leader = FALSE; | |
| 6146 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM); | |
| 6147 #endif | |
| 6199 | 6148 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
| 6149 int has_lbr = curwin->w_p_lbr; | |
| 6150 | |
| 6151 /* make sure win_lbr_chartabsize() counts correctly */ | |
| 6152 curwin->w_p_lbr = FALSE; | |
| 6153 #endif | |
| 667 | 6154 |
| 6155 /* | |
| 6156 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be | |
| 6157 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily. | |
| 6158 */ | |
| 2004 | 6159 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai |
| 6160 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6161 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6162 #endif | |
| 6163 ) | |
| 667 | 6164 { |
| 6165 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6166 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 6167 { | |
| 6168 save_char = cc; | |
| 6169 pchar_cursor('x'); | |
| 6170 } | |
| 6171 } | |
| 6172 | |
| 6173 /* | |
| 6174 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long. | |
| 6175 */ | |
| 6176 while (!got_int) | |
| 6177 { | |
| 6178 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */ | |
| 6179 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */ | |
| 6180 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */ | |
| 6181 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */ | |
| 6182 colnr_T len; | |
| 6183 colnr_T virtcol; | |
| 6184 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6185 int orig_col = 0; | |
| 6186 char_u *saved_text = NULL; | |
| 6187 #endif | |
| 6188 colnr_T col; | |
| 2004 | 6189 colnr_T end_col; |
| 6190 | |
| 6191 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() | |
| 6192 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); | |
| 6193 if (virtcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 667 | 6194 break; |
| 6195 | |
| 6196 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6197 if (no_leader) | |
| 6198 do_comments = FALSE; | |
| 6199 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
| 6200 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS)) | |
| 6201 do_comments = TRUE; | |
| 6202 | |
| 6203 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6204 if (do_comments) | |
| 3562 | 6205 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 667 | 6206 else |
| 6207 leader_len = 0; | |
| 6208 | |
| 6209 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't | |
| 6210 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word | |
| 6211 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines | |
| 6212 * to start with %. */ | |
| 6213 if (leader_len == 0) | |
| 6214 no_leader = TRUE; | |
| 6215 #endif | |
| 6216 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
| 6217 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6218 && leader_len == 0 | |
| 6219 #endif | |
| 6220 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)) | |
| 6221 | |
| 6222 break; | |
| 6223 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0) | |
| 6224 break; | |
| 6225 | |
| 6226 /* find column of textwidth border */ | |
| 6227 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth); | |
| 6228 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6229 | |
| 2004 | 6230 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; |
| 667 | 6231 foundcol = 0; |
| 6232 | |
| 6233 /* | |
| 6234 * Find position to break at. | |
| 6235 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v' | |
| 6236 */ | |
| 6237 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI)) | |
| 3162 | 6238 || (flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) |
| 667 | 6239 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum |
| 6240 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
| 6241 { | |
| 2004 | 6242 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == startcol && c != NUL) |
| 6243 cc = c; | |
| 6244 else | |
| 6245 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 667 | 6246 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) |
| 6247 { | |
| 6248 /* remember position of blank just before text */ | |
| 2004 | 6249 end_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 667 | 6250 |
| 6251 /* find start of sequence of blanks */ | |
| 6252 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6253 { | |
| 6254 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6255 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6256 } | |
| 6257 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6258 break; /* only spaces in front of text */ | |
| 6259 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6260 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6261 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 6262 break; | |
| 6263 #endif | |
| 6264 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
| 6265 { | |
| 6266 /* do not break after one-letter words */ | |
| 6267 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6268 break; /* one-letter word at begin */ | |
| 2004 | 6269 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
| 6270 /* do not break "#a b" when 'tw' is 2 */ | |
| 6271 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= leader_len) | |
| 6272 break; | |
| 6273 #endif | |
| 667 | 6274 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 6275 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6276 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6277 | |
| 6278 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6279 continue; /* one-letter, continue */ | |
| 6280 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6281 } | |
| 2004 | 6282 |
| 6283 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6284 | |
| 6285 end_foundcol = end_col + 1; | |
| 6286 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6287 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
| 667 | 6288 break; |
| 6289 } | |
| 6290 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2004 | 6291 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte) |
| 667 | 6292 { |
| 6293 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */ | |
| 2004 | 6294 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != startcol) |
| 6295 { | |
| 6296 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6297 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6298 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 6299 break; | |
| 6300 #endif | |
| 6301 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6302 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6303 /* Don't change end_foundcol if already set. */ | |
| 6304 if (foundcol != curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 6305 { | |
| 6306 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6307 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
| 6308 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
| 6309 break; | |
| 6310 } | |
| 6311 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6312 } | |
| 6313 | |
| 6314 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6315 break; | |
| 6316 | |
| 6317 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6318 | |
| 6319 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6320 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6321 | |
| 6322 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6323 continue; /* break with space */ | |
| 6324 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6325 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6326 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 6327 break; | |
| 6328 #endif | |
| 6329 | |
| 6330 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6331 | |
| 667 | 6332 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 6333 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
| 2004 | 6334 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) |
| 6335 break; | |
| 667 | 6336 } |
| 6337 #endif | |
| 6338 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6339 break; | |
| 6340 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6341 } | |
| 6342 | |
| 6343 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */ | |
| 6344 { | |
| 6345 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; | |
| 6346 break; | |
| 6347 } | |
| 6348 | |
| 6349 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */ | |
| 6350 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 6351 | |
| 6352 /* | |
| 6353 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace | |
| 6354 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces | |
| 6355 * over the text instead. | |
| 6356 */ | |
| 6357 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6358 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6359 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */ | |
| 6360 else | |
| 6361 #endif | |
| 2004 | 6362 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol; |
| 667 | 6363 |
| 6364 /* | |
| 6365 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and | |
| 6366 * characters that will remain on top line | |
| 6367 */ | |
| 6368 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
| 2004 | 6369 while ((cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc)) |
| 6370 && (!fo_white_par || curwin->w_cursor.col < startcol)) | |
| 667 | 6371 inc_cursor(); |
| 6372 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6373 if (startcol < 0) | |
| 6374 startcol = 0; | |
| 6375 | |
| 6376 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6377 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6378 { | |
| 6379 /* | |
| 6380 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be | |
| 6381 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line. | |
| 6382 */ | |
| 6383 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 6384 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
| 6385 if (saved_text == NULL) | |
| 6386 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */ | |
| 6387 saved_text[startcol] = NUL; | |
| 6388 | |
| 6389 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */ | |
| 6390 if (!fo_white_par) | |
| 6391 backspace_until_column(foundcol); | |
| 6392 } | |
| 6393 else | |
| 6394 #endif | |
| 6395 { | |
| 6396 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */ | |
| 6397 if (!fo_white_par) | |
| 6398 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
| 6399 } | |
| 6400 | |
| 6401 /* | |
| 6402 * Split the line just before the margin. | |
| 6403 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window. | |
| 6404 */ | |
| 6405 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX | |
| 6406 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0) | |
| 6407 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6408 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0) | |
| 3584 | 6409 + ((flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST) ? OPENLINE_COM_LIST : 0) |
| 6410 #endif | |
| 6411 , ((flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST) ? second_indent : old_indent)); | |
| 6412 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST)) | |
| 6413 old_indent = 0; | |
| 667 | 6414 |
| 6415 replace_offset = 0; | |
| 6416 if (first_line) | |
| 6417 { | |
| 3584 | 6418 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST)) |
| 6419 { | |
| 6420 /* | |
| 3632 | 6421 * This section is for auto-wrap of numeric lists. When not |
| 6422 * in insert mode (i.e. format_lines()), the INSCHAR_COM_LIST | |
| 6423 * flag will be set and open_line() will handle it (as seen | |
| 6424 * above). The code here (and in get_number_indent()) will | |
| 6425 * recognize comments if needed... | |
| 3584 | 6426 */ |
| 6427 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER)) | |
| 3632 | 6428 second_indent = |
| 6429 get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 3584 | 6430 if (second_indent >= 0) |
| 6431 { | |
| 667 | 6432 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 3584 | 6433 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) |
| 6434 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, | |
| 6435 FALSE, NUL, TRUE); | |
| 6436 else | |
| 6437 #endif | |
| 3632 | 6438 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
| 6439 if (leader_len > 0 && second_indent - leader_len > 0) | |
| 6440 { | |
| 6441 int i; | |
| 6442 int padding = second_indent - leader_len; | |
| 6443 | |
| 6444 /* We started at the first_line of a numbered list | |
| 6445 * that has a comment. the open_line() function has | |
| 6446 * inserted the proper comment leader and positioned | |
| 6447 * the cursor at the end of the split line. Now we | |
| 6448 * add the additional whitespace needed after the | |
| 6449 * comment leader for the numbered list. */ | |
| 6450 for (i = 0; i < padding; i++) | |
| 6451 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
| 3650 | 6452 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, leader_len); |
| 3632 | 6453 } |
| 6454 else | |
| 6455 { | |
| 6456 #endif | |
| 3584 | 6457 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED); |
| 3632 | 6458 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
| 6459 } | |
| 6460 #endif | |
| 3584 | 6461 } |
| 667 | 6462 } |
| 6463 first_line = FALSE; | |
| 6464 } | |
| 6465 | |
| 6466 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6467 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6468 { | |
| 6469 /* | |
| 6470 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be | |
| 6471 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line. | |
| 6472 */ | |
| 6473 ins_bytes(saved_text); | |
| 6474 vim_free(saved_text); | |
| 6475 } | |
| 6476 else | |
| 6477 #endif | |
| 6478 { | |
| 6479 /* | |
| 6480 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent | |
| 6481 * may have added or removed indent. | |
| 6482 */ | |
| 6483 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol; | |
| 6484 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 6485 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) | |
| 6486 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; | |
| 6487 } | |
| 6488 | |
| 6489 haveto_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 6490 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 6491 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 6492 #endif | |
| 6493 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */ | |
| 6494 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 6495 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 6496 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 6497 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 6498 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 6499 #endif | |
| 6500 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 6501 } | |
| 6502 | |
| 6503 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */ | |
| 6504 pchar_cursor(save_char); | |
| 6505 | |
| 6199 | 6506 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
| 6507 curwin->w_p_lbr = has_lbr; | |
| 6508 #endif | |
| 667 | 6509 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw) |
| 6510 { | |
| 6511 update_topline(); | |
| 6512 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); | |
| 6513 } | |
| 6514 } | |
| 6515 | |
| 6516 /* | |
| 7 | 6517 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the |
| 6518 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph. | |
| 6519 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text. | |
| 6520 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be | |
| 6521 * saved here. | |
| 6522 */ | |
| 6523 void | |
| 6524 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line) | |
| 6525 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */ | |
| 6526 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */ | |
| 6527 { | |
| 6528 pos_T pos; | |
| 6529 colnr_T len; | |
| 6530 char_u *old; | |
| 6531 char_u *new, *pnew; | |
| 6532 int wasatend; | |
| 301 | 6533 int cc; |
| 7 | 6534 |
| 6535 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) | |
| 6536 return; | |
| 6537 | |
| 6538 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6539 old = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6540 | |
| 6541 /* may remove added space */ | |
| 6542 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
| 6543 | |
| 6544 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the | |
| 6545 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is | |
| 6546 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor. | |
| 6547 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white | |
| 6548 * next they are not joined back together. */ | |
| 1872 | 6549 wasatend = (pos.col == (colnr_T)STRLEN(old)); |
| 7 | 6550 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend) |
| 6551 { | |
| 6552 dec_cursor(); | |
| 301 | 6553 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6554 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 | |
| 6555 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
| 7 | 6556 dec_cursor(); |
| 301 | 6557 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6558 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 7 | 6559 { |
| 6560 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
| 6561 return; | |
| 6562 } | |
| 6563 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
| 6564 } | |
| 6565 | |
| 6566 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6567 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format | |
| 6568 * comments. */ | |
| 6569 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP) | |
| 3562 | 6570 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE, TRUE) == 0) |
| 7 | 6571 return; |
| 6572 #endif | |
| 6573 | |
| 6574 /* | |
| 6575 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is | |
| 6576 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not | |
| 6577 * the start of a paragraph. | |
| 6578 */ | |
| 6579 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 6580 { | |
| 6581 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 6582 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
| 6583 return; | |
| 6584 } | |
| 6585 | |
| 6586 /* | |
| 6587 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will | |
| 6588 * be adjusted for the text formatting. | |
| 6589 */ | |
| 6590 saved_cursor = pos; | |
| 1563 | 6591 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE); |
| 7 | 6592 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; |
| 6593 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; | |
| 6594 | |
| 6595 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 6596 { | |
| 6597 /* "cannot happen" */ | |
| 6598 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6599 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 6600 } | |
| 6601 else | |
| 6602 check_cursor_col(); | |
| 6603 | |
| 6604 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it | |
| 6605 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we | |
| 6606 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph | |
| 6607 * formatted. */ | |
| 6608 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
| 6609 { | |
| 6610 new = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 835 | 6611 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new); |
| 7 | 6612 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len) |
| 6613 { | |
| 6614 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2); | |
| 6615 pnew[len] = ' '; | |
| 6616 pnew[len + 1] = NUL; | |
| 6617 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE); | |
| 6618 /* remove the space later */ | |
| 6619 did_add_space = TRUE; | |
| 6620 } | |
| 6621 else | |
| 6622 /* may remove added space */ | |
| 6623 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
| 6624 } | |
| 6625 | |
| 6626 check_cursor(); | |
| 6627 } | |
| 6628 | |
| 6629 /* | |
| 6630 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting, | |
| 6631 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert | |
| 6632 * position. | |
| 6633 */ | |
| 6634 static void | |
| 6635 check_auto_format(end_insert) | |
| 6636 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */ | |
| 6637 { | |
| 6638 int c = ' '; | |
| 301 | 6639 int cc; |
| 7 | 6640 |
| 6641 if (did_add_space) | |
| 6642 { | |
| 301 | 6643 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6644 if (!WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 7 | 6645 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */ |
| 6646 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
| 6647 else | |
| 6648 { | |
| 6649 if (!end_insert) | |
| 6650 { | |
| 6651 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6652 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6653 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6654 } | |
| 6655 if (c != NUL) | |
| 6656 { | |
| 6657 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */ | |
| 6658 del_char(FALSE); | |
| 6659 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
| 6660 } | |
| 6661 } | |
| 6662 } | |
| 6663 } | |
| 6664 | |
| 6665 /* | |
| 6666 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting: | |
| 6667 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it | |
| 6668 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin' | |
| 6669 * if invalid value, use 0. | |
| 6670 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator. | |
| 6671 */ | |
| 6672 int | |
| 6673 comp_textwidth(ff) | |
| 867 | 6674 int ff; /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */ |
| 7 | 6675 { |
| 6676 int textwidth; | |
| 6677 | |
| 6678 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
| 6679 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm) | |
| 6680 { | |
| 6681 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the | |
| 6682 * things that add to the margin. */ | |
| 6683 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm; | |
| 6684 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 6685 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 6686 textwidth -= 1; | |
| 6687 #endif | |
| 6688 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6689 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc; | |
| 6690 #endif | |
| 6691 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 6692 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL | |
| 6693 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 6689 | 6694 || curwin->w_buffer->b_has_sign_column |
| 7 | 6695 # endif |
| 6696 ) | |
| 6697 textwidth -= 1; | |
| 6698 #endif | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2107
diff
changeset
|
6699 if (curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) |
| 7 | 6700 textwidth -= 8; |
| 6701 } | |
| 6702 if (textwidth < 0) | |
| 6703 textwidth = 0; | |
| 6704 if (ff && textwidth == 0) | |
| 6705 { | |
| 6706 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1; | |
| 6707 if (textwidth > 79) | |
| 6708 textwidth = 79; | |
| 6709 } | |
| 6710 return textwidth; | |
| 6711 } | |
| 6712 | |
| 6713 /* | |
| 6714 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V. | |
| 6715 */ | |
| 6716 static void | |
| 6717 redo_literal(c) | |
| 6718 int c; | |
| 6719 { | |
| 6720 char_u buf[10]; | |
| 6721 | |
| 6722 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of | |
| 6723 * three digits. */ | |
| 6724 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) | |
| 6725 { | |
| 1872 | 6726 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%03d", c); |
| 7 | 6727 AppendToRedobuff(buf); |
| 6728 } | |
| 6729 else | |
| 6730 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 6731 } | |
| 6732 | |
| 6733 /* | |
| 6734 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode. | |
| 484 | 6735 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key. |
| 7 | 6736 */ |
| 6737 static void | |
| 6738 start_arrow(end_insert_pos) | |
| 840 | 6739 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */ |
| 7 | 6740 { |
| 6741 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */ | |
| 6742 { | |
| 6743 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR); | |
| 5434 | 6744 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE, FALSE); |
| 7 | 6745 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */ |
| 6746 } | |
| 744 | 6747 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 6748 check_spell_redraw(); |
| 6749 #endif | |
| 7 | 6750 } |
| 6751 | |
| 744 | 6752 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 6753 /* |
| 6754 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now. | |
| 6755 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first. | |
| 6756 */ | |
| 6757 static void | |
| 6758 check_spell_redraw() | |
| 6759 { | |
| 6760 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0) | |
| 6761 { | |
| 6762 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum; | |
| 6763 | |
| 6764 spell_redraw_lnum = 0; | |
| 6765 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE); | |
| 6766 } | |
| 6767 } | |
| 484 | 6768 |
| 6769 /* | |
| 6770 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly | |
| 6771 * spelled word, if there is one. | |
| 6772 */ | |
| 6773 static void | |
| 6774 spell_back_to_badword() | |
| 6775 { | |
| 6776 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6777 | |
| 499 | 6778 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL); |
| 484 | 6779 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col) |
| 6780 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 6781 } | |
| 221 | 6782 #endif |
| 6783 | |
| 7 | 6784 /* |
| 6785 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode. | |
| 6786 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion. | |
| 6787 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then. | |
| 6788 */ | |
| 6789 int | |
| 6790 stop_arrow() | |
| 6791 { | |
| 6792 if (arrow_used) | |
| 6793 { | |
| 6138 | 6794 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */ |
| 6795 if (Insstart.col > Insstart_orig.col && !ins_need_undo) | |
| 6796 /* Don't update the original insert position when moved to the | |
| 6797 * right, except when nothing was inserted yet. */ | |
| 6798 update_Insstart_orig = FALSE; | |
| 6799 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 6800 | |
| 7 | 6801 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) |
| 6802 { | |
| 6803 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 6804 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
| 6805 } | |
| 6138 | 6806 |
| 7 | 6807 ai_col = 0; |
| 6808 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6809 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6810 { | |
| 6811 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6812 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
| 6813 } | |
| 6814 #endif | |
| 6815 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 6816 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */ | |
| 613 | 6817 new_insert_skip = 2; |
| 7 | 6818 } |
| 6819 else if (ins_need_undo) | |
| 6820 { | |
| 6821 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
| 6822 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
| 6823 } | |
| 6824 | |
| 6825 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6826 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */ | |
| 6827 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 6828 #endif | |
| 6829 | |
| 6830 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK); | |
| 6831 } | |
| 6832 | |
| 6833 /* | |
| 840 | 6834 * Do a few things to stop inserting. |
| 6835 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped | |
| 6836 * to another window/buffer. | |
| 7 | 6837 */ |
| 6838 static void | |
| 5434 | 6839 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc, nomove) |
| 840 | 6840 pos_T *end_insert_pos; |
| 603 | 6841 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */ |
| 5434 | 6842 int nomove; /* <c-\><c-o>, don't move cursor */ |
| 7 | 6843 { |
| 603 | 6844 int cc; |
| 6845 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7 | 6846 |
| 6847 stop_redo_ins(); | |
| 6848 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */ | |
| 6849 | |
| 6850 /* | |
| 603 | 6851 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A. |
| 6852 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted, | |
| 6853 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert". | |
| 7 | 6854 */ |
| 603 | 6855 ptr = get_inserted(); |
| 615 | 6856 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL |
| 6857 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip)) | |
| 603 | 6858 { |
| 6859 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6860 last_insert = ptr; | |
| 6861 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip; | |
| 6862 } | |
| 6863 else | |
| 6864 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 7 | 6865 |
| 840 | 6866 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL) |
| 7 | 6867 { |
| 6868 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an | |
| 6869 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending | |
| 6870 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something | |
| 6871 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */ | |
| 10 | 6872 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) |
| 7 | 6873 { |
| 10 | 6874 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 6875 | |
| 7 | 6876 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the |
| 6877 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by | |
| 6878 * moving the cursor onto the space. */ | |
| 6879 cc = 'x'; | |
| 6880 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 6881 { | |
| 6882 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6883 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6884 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 10 | 6885 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; |
| 7 | 6886 } |
| 6887 | |
| 6888 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 6889 | |
| 10 | 6890 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) |
| 6891 { | |
| 6892 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 6893 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6894 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6895 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep | |
| 6896 * the "coladd". */ | |
| 6897 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
| 6898 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum | |
| 6899 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col) | |
| 6900 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd; | |
| 6901 #endif | |
| 6902 } | |
| 7 | 6903 } |
| 6904 | |
| 6905 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */ | |
| 6906 check_auto_format(TRUE); | |
| 6907 | |
| 6908 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end | |
| 10 | 6909 * of the line, and put the cursor back. |
| 1892 | 6910 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. |
| 6911 * Check for the old position still being valid, just in case the text | |
| 6912 * got changed unexpectedly. */ | |
| 5434 | 6913 if (!nomove && did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL |
| 1892 | 6914 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)) |
| 6915 && end_insert_pos->lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7 | 6916 { |
| 10 | 6917 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 6918 | |
| 6919 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos; | |
| 1892 | 6920 check_cursor_col(); /* make sure it is not past the line */ |
| 786 | 6921 for (;;) |
| 6922 { | |
| 6923 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 6924 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6925 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6926 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 6927 break; | |
| 1892 | 6928 if (del_char(TRUE) == FAIL) |
| 6929 break; /* should not happen */ | |
| 786 | 6930 } |
| 10 | 6931 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum) |
| 6932 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; | |
| 6318 | 6933 else |
| 6934 { | |
| 6363 | 6935 /* reset tpos, could have been invalidated in the loop above */ |
| 6936 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6318 | 6937 tpos.col++; |
| 6938 if (cc != NUL && gchar_pos(&tpos) == NUL) | |
| 6939 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */ | |
| 6940 } | |
| 7 | 6941 |
| 6942 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for | |
| 6943 * deleted characters. */ | |
| 6944 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 6945 { | |
| 1872 | 6946 int len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); |
| 6947 | |
| 6948 if (VIsual.col > len) | |
| 7 | 6949 { |
| 1872 | 6950 VIsual.col = len; |
| 5735 | 6951 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 7 | 6952 VIsual.coladd = 0; |
| 5735 | 6953 #endif |
| 7 | 6954 } |
| 6955 } | |
| 6956 } | |
| 6957 } | |
| 6958 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 6959 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 6960 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 6961 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 6962 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 6963 #endif | |
| 6964 | |
| 840 | 6965 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are |
| 6966 * now in a different buffer. */ | |
| 6967 if (end_insert_pos != NULL) | |
| 6968 { | |
| 6969 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart; | |
| 5680 | 6970 curbuf->b_op_start_orig = Insstart_orig; |
| 840 | 6971 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos; |
| 6972 } | |
| 7 | 6973 } |
| 6974 | |
| 6975 /* | |
| 6976 * Set the last inserted text to a single character. | |
| 6977 * Used for the replace command. | |
| 6978 */ | |
| 6979 void | |
| 6980 set_last_insert(c) | |
| 6981 int c; | |
| 6982 { | |
| 6983 char_u *s; | |
| 6984 | |
| 6985 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6986 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5); | |
| 6987 if (last_insert != NULL) | |
| 6988 { | |
| 6989 s = last_insert; | |
| 6990 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */ | |
| 6991 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL) | |
| 6992 *s++ = Ctrl_V; | |
| 6993 s = add_char2buf(c, s); | |
| 6994 *s++ = ESC; | |
| 6995 *s++ = NUL; | |
| 6996 last_insert_skip = 0; | |
| 6997 } | |
| 6998 } | |
| 6999 | |
| 359 | 7000 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7001 void | |
| 7002 free_last_insert() | |
| 7003 { | |
| 7004 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 7005 last_insert = NULL; | |
| 1446 | 7006 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 694 | 7007 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
| 7008 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 1446 | 7009 # endif |
| 359 | 7010 } |
| 7011 #endif | |
| 7012 | |
| 7 | 7013 /* |
| 7014 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL | |
| 7015 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters. | |
| 7016 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes. | |
| 7017 */ | |
| 7018 char_u * | |
| 7019 add_char2buf(c, s) | |
| 7020 int c; | |
| 7021 char_u *s; | |
| 7022 { | |
| 7023 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3549 | 7024 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; |
| 7 | 7025 int i; |
| 7026 int len; | |
| 7027 | |
| 7028 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp); | |
| 7029 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) | |
| 7030 { | |
| 7031 c = temp[i]; | |
| 7032 #endif | |
| 7033 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */ | |
| 7034 if (c == K_SPECIAL) | |
| 7035 { | |
| 7036 *s++ = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 7037 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL; | |
| 7038 *s++ = KE_FILLER; | |
| 7039 } | |
| 7040 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7041 else if (c == CSI) | |
| 7042 { | |
| 7043 *s++ = CSI; | |
| 7044 *s++ = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 7045 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI; | |
| 7046 } | |
| 7047 #endif | |
| 7048 else | |
| 7049 *s++ = c; | |
| 7050 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7051 } | |
| 7052 #endif | |
| 7053 return s; | |
| 7054 } | |
| 7055 | |
| 7056 /* | |
| 7057 * move cursor to start of line | |
| 7058 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white | |
| 7059 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set, | |
| 7060 * otherwise keep "curswant" column | |
| 7061 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL. | |
| 7062 */ | |
| 7063 void | |
| 7064 beginline(flags) | |
| 7065 int flags; | |
| 7066 { | |
| 7067 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol) | |
| 7068 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 7069 else | |
| 7070 { | |
| 7071 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 7072 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 7073 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 7074 #endif | |
| 7075 | |
| 7076 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL)) | |
| 7077 { | |
| 7078 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7079 | |
| 7080 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr) | |
| 7081 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr) | |
| 7082 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 7083 } | |
| 7084 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 7085 } | |
| 7086 } | |
| 7087 | |
| 7088 /* | |
| 7089 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up | |
| 7090 * | |
| 7091 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}. | |
| 773 | 7092 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed. |
| 7 | 7093 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary. |
| 7094 */ | |
| 7095 | |
| 7096 int | |
| 7097 oneright() | |
| 7098 { | |
| 7099 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7100 int l; | |
| 7101 | |
| 7102 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 7103 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 7104 { | |
| 7105 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 7106 | |
| 7107 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */ | |
| 7108 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 7109 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
| 773 | 7110 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7 | 7111 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) |
| 773 | 7112 # else |
| 7 | 7113 *ptr |
| 773 | 7114 # endif |
| 7 | 7115 )) |
| 7116 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1)); | |
| 7117 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 7118 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */ | |
| 7119 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col | |
| 7120 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL; | |
| 7121 } | |
| 7122 #endif | |
| 7123 | |
| 7124 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 773 | 7125 if (*ptr == NUL) |
| 7126 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */ | |
| 7127 | |
| 7 | 7128 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 773 | 7129 if (has_mbyte) |
| 7130 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
| 7 | 7131 else |
| 7132 #endif | |
| 773 | 7133 l = 1; |
| 7134 | |
| 7135 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit' | |
| 7136 * contains "onemore". */ | |
| 7137 if (ptr[l] == NUL | |
| 7138 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 7139 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
| 7140 #endif | |
| 7141 ) | |
| 7142 return FAIL; | |
| 7143 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
| 7 | 7144 |
| 7145 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 7146 return OK; | |
| 7147 } | |
| 7148 | |
| 7149 int | |
| 7150 oneleft() | |
| 7151 { | |
| 7152 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 7153 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 7154 { | |
| 7155 int width; | |
| 7156 int v = getviscol(); | |
| 7157 | |
| 7158 if (v == 0) | |
| 7159 return FAIL; | |
| 7160 | |
| 7161 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 7162 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */ | |
| 7163 width = 1; | |
| 7164 for (;;) | |
| 7165 { | |
| 7166 coladvance(v - width); | |
| 5995 | 7167 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty, |
| 7168 * 'breakindent' is not set and there are no multi-byte | |
| 7169 * characters */ | |
| 7170 if ((*p_sbr == NUL && !curwin->w_p_bri | |
| 7 | 7171 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7172 && !has_mbyte | |
| 7173 # endif | |
| 7174 ) || getviscol() < v) | |
| 7175 break; | |
| 7176 ++width; | |
| 7177 } | |
| 7178 # else | |
| 7179 coladvance(v - 1); | |
| 7180 # endif | |
| 7181 | |
| 7182 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1) | |
| 7183 { | |
| 7184 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7185 | |
| 7186 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */ | |
| 7187 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 7188 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
| 7189 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7190 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) | |
| 7191 # else | |
| 7192 *ptr | |
| 7193 # endif | |
| 7194 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1) | |
| 7195 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 7196 } | |
| 7197 | |
| 7198 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 7199 return OK; | |
| 7200 } | |
| 7201 #endif | |
| 7202 | |
| 7203 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 7204 return FAIL; | |
| 7205 | |
| 7206 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 7207 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 7208 | |
| 7209 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7210 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte | |
| 7211 * character, move to its first byte */ | |
| 7212 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7213 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 7214 #endif | |
| 7215 return OK; | |
| 7216 } | |
| 7217 | |
| 7218 int | |
| 7219 cursor_up(n, upd_topline) | |
| 7220 long n; | |
| 7221 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
| 7222 { | |
| 7223 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7224 | |
| 7225 if (n > 0) | |
| 7226 { | |
| 7227 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 161 | 7228 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count |
| 7229 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
| 7230 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
| 7 | 7231 return FAIL; |
| 7232 if (n >= lnum) | |
| 7233 lnum = 1; | |
| 7234 else | |
| 7235 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7236 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
| 7237 { | |
| 7238 /* | |
| 7239 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line. | |
| 7240 */ | |
| 4352 | 7241 /* go to the start of the current fold */ |
| 7 | 7242 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); |
| 7243 | |
| 7244 while (n--) | |
| 7245 { | |
| 7246 /* move up one line */ | |
| 7247 --lnum; | |
| 7248 if (lnum <= 1) | |
| 7249 break; | |
| 7250 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in | |
| 7251 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open | |
| 7252 * in a moment. */ | |
| 7253 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL))) | |
| 7254 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
| 7255 } | |
| 7256 if (lnum < 1) | |
| 7257 lnum = 1; | |
| 7258 } | |
| 7259 else | |
| 7260 #endif | |
| 7261 lnum -= n; | |
| 7262 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 7263 } | |
| 7264 | |
| 7265 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
| 7266 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 7267 | |
| 7268 if (upd_topline) | |
| 7269 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
| 7270 | |
| 7271 return OK; | |
| 7272 } | |
| 7273 | |
| 7274 /* | |
| 7275 * Cursor down a number of logical lines. | |
| 7276 */ | |
| 7277 int | |
| 7278 cursor_down(n, upd_topline) | |
| 7279 long n; | |
| 7280 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
| 7281 { | |
| 7282 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7283 | |
| 7284 if (n > 0) | |
| 7285 { | |
| 7286 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 7287 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7288 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */ | |
| 7289 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); | |
| 7290 #endif | |
| 161 | 7291 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move |
| 4352 | 7292 * beyond the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ |
| 161 | 7293 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count |
| 7294 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 7295 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
| 7 | 7296 return FAIL; |
| 7297 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7298 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 7299 else | |
| 7300 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7301 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
| 7302 { | |
| 7303 linenr_T last; | |
| 7304 | |
| 7305 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */ | |
| 7306 while (n--) | |
| 7307 { | |
| 7308 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last)) | |
| 7309 lnum = last + 1; | |
| 7310 else | |
| 7311 ++lnum; | |
| 7312 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7313 break; | |
| 7314 } | |
| 7315 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7316 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 7317 } | |
| 7318 else | |
| 7319 #endif | |
| 7320 lnum += n; | |
| 7321 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 7322 } | |
| 7323 | |
| 7324 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
| 7325 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 7326 | |
| 7327 if (upd_topline) | |
| 7328 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
| 7329 | |
| 7330 return OK; | |
| 7331 } | |
| 7332 | |
| 7333 /* | |
| 7334 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer. | |
| 7335 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we | |
| 7336 * first have to remove the command. | |
| 7337 */ | |
| 7338 int | |
| 7339 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc) | |
| 7340 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */ | |
| 7341 long count; /* Repeat this many times */ | |
| 7342 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */ | |
| 7343 { | |
| 7344 char_u *esc_ptr; | |
| 7345 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7346 char_u *last_ptr; | |
| 7347 char_u last = NUL; | |
| 7348 | |
| 7349 ptr = get_last_insert(); | |
| 7350 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 7351 { | |
| 7352 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); | |
| 7353 return FAIL; | |
| 7354 } | |
| 7355 | |
| 7356 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */ | |
| 7357 if (c != NUL) | |
| 7358 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
| 7359 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL) | |
| 7360 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */ | |
| 7361 | |
| 7362 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC | |
| 7363 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr" | |
| 7364 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo | |
| 7365 */ | |
| 7366 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1; | |
| 7367 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^') | |
| 7368 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1))) | |
| 7369 { | |
| 7370 last = *last_ptr; | |
| 7371 *last_ptr = NUL; | |
| 7372 } | |
| 7373 | |
| 7374 do | |
| 7375 { | |
| 7376 stuffReadbuff(ptr); | |
| 7377 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */ | |
| 7378 if (last) | |
| 7379 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0' | |
| 7380 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0") | |
| 7381 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^"))); | |
| 7382 } | |
| 7383 while (--count > 0); | |
| 7384 | |
| 7385 if (last) | |
| 7386 *last_ptr = last; | |
| 7387 | |
| 7388 if (esc_ptr != NULL) | |
| 7389 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */ | |
| 7390 | |
| 7391 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */ | |
| 7392 if (!no_esc) | |
| 7393 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC); | |
| 7394 | |
| 7395 return OK; | |
| 7396 } | |
| 7397 | |
| 7398 char_u * | |
| 7399 get_last_insert() | |
| 7400 { | |
| 7401 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
| 7402 return NULL; | |
| 7403 return last_insert + last_insert_skip; | |
| 7404 } | |
| 7405 | |
| 7406 /* | |
| 7407 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>. | |
| 7408 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL. | |
| 7409 */ | |
| 7410 char_u * | |
| 7411 get_last_insert_save() | |
| 7412 { | |
| 7413 char_u *s; | |
| 7414 int len; | |
| 7415 | |
| 7416 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
| 7417 return NULL; | |
| 7418 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip); | |
| 7419 if (s != NULL) | |
| 7420 { | |
| 7421 len = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
| 7422 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */ | |
| 7423 s[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 7424 } | |
| 7425 return s; | |
| 7426 } | |
| 7427 | |
| 7428 /* | |
| 7429 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation. | |
| 7430 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered. | |
| 7431 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and | |
| 7432 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c". | |
| 7433 */ | |
| 7434 static int | |
| 7435 echeck_abbr(c) | |
| 7436 int c; | |
| 7437 { | |
| 7438 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just | |
| 7439 * after moving around with cursor keys. */ | |
| 7440 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used) | |
| 7441 return FALSE; | |
| 7442 | |
| 7443 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
| 7444 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0); | |
| 7445 } | |
| 7446 | |
| 7447 /* | |
| 7448 * replace-stack functions | |
| 7449 * | |
| 7450 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each | |
| 7451 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing. | |
| 7452 * | |
| 7453 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is | |
| 7454 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL | |
| 7455 * headed list is put back for the deleted character. | |
| 7456 * | |
| 7457 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters | |
| 7458 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor | |
| 7459 * that were deleted (always white space). | |
| 7460 * | |
| 7461 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new | |
| 7462 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many | |
| 7463 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character. | |
| 7464 */ | |
| 7465 | |
| 298 | 7466 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL; |
| 7467 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */ | |
| 7468 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */ | |
| 7 | 7469 |
| 7470 void | |
| 7471 replace_push(c) | |
| 7472 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */ | |
| 7473 { | |
| 7474 char_u *p; | |
| 7475 | |
| 7476 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */ | |
| 7477 return; | |
| 7478 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr) | |
| 7479 { | |
| 7480 replace_stack_len += 50; | |
| 7481 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE); | |
| 7482 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
| 7483 { | |
| 7484 replace_stack_len -= 50; | |
| 7485 return; | |
| 7486 } | |
| 7487 if (replace_stack != NULL) | |
| 7488 { | |
| 7489 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack, | |
| 7490 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u))); | |
| 7491 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
| 7492 } | |
| 7493 replace_stack = p; | |
| 7494 } | |
| 7495 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset; | |
| 7496 if (replace_offset) | |
| 7497 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u))); | |
| 7498 *p = c; | |
| 7499 ++replace_stack_nr; | |
| 7500 } | |
| 7501 | |
| 1470 | 7502 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7503 /* | |
| 7504 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in | |
| 7505 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first. | |
| 7506 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters). | |
| 7507 */ | |
| 7508 int | |
| 7509 replace_push_mb(p) | |
| 7510 char_u *p; | |
| 7511 { | |
| 7512 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); | |
| 7513 int j; | |
| 7514 | |
| 7515 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j) | |
| 7516 replace_push(p[j]); | |
| 7517 return l; | |
| 7518 } | |
| 7519 #endif | |
| 7520 | |
| 7 | 7521 /* |
| 7522 * Pop one item from the replace stack. | |
| 7523 * return -1 if stack empty | |
| 7524 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise | |
| 7525 */ | |
| 7526 static int | |
| 7527 replace_pop() | |
| 7528 { | |
| 7529 if (replace_stack_nr == 0) | |
| 7530 return -1; | |
| 7531 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr]; | |
| 7532 } | |
| 7533 | |
| 7534 /* | |
| 7535 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL | |
| 7536 * encountered. | |
| 7537 */ | |
| 7538 static void | |
| 7539 replace_join(off) | |
| 7540 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */ | |
| 7541 { | |
| 7542 int i; | |
| 7543 | |
| 7544 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 7545 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0) | |
| 7546 { | |
| 7547 --replace_stack_nr; | |
| 7548 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1, | |
| 7549 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i)); | |
| 7550 return; | |
| 7551 } | |
| 7552 } | |
| 7553 | |
| 7554 /* | |
| 7555 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them | |
| 7556 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode. | |
| 7557 */ | |
| 7558 static void | |
| 7559 replace_pop_ins() | |
| 7560 { | |
| 7561 int cc; | |
| 7562 int oldState = State; | |
| 7563 | |
| 7564 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */ | |
| 7565 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0) | |
| 7566 { | |
| 7567 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7568 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
| 7569 #else | |
| 7570 ins_char(cc); | |
| 7571 #endif | |
| 7572 dec_cursor(); | |
| 7573 } | |
| 7574 State = oldState; | |
| 7575 } | |
| 7576 | |
| 7577 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7578 /* | |
| 7579 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it | |
| 7580 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too. | |
| 7581 */ | |
| 7582 static void | |
| 7583 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc) | |
| 7584 int cc; | |
| 7585 { | |
| 7586 int n; | |
| 3549 | 7587 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; |
| 7 | 7588 int i; |
| 7589 int c; | |
| 7590 | |
| 7591 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1) | |
| 7592 { | |
| 7593 buf[0] = cc; | |
| 7594 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
| 7595 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
| 7596 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
| 7597 } | |
| 7598 else | |
| 7599 ins_char(cc); | |
| 7600 | |
| 7601 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7602 /* Handle composing chars. */ | |
| 7603 for (;;) | |
| 7604 { | |
| 7605 c = replace_pop(); | |
| 7606 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */ | |
| 7607 break; | |
| 7608 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1) | |
| 7609 { | |
| 7610 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */ | |
| 7611 replace_push(c); | |
| 7612 break; | |
| 7613 } | |
| 7614 else | |
| 7615 { | |
| 7616 buf[0] = c; | |
| 7617 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
| 7618 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
| 7619 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf))) | |
| 7620 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
| 7621 else | |
| 7622 { | |
| 7623 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */ | |
| 7624 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i) | |
| 7625 replace_push(buf[i]); | |
| 7626 break; | |
| 7627 } | |
| 7628 } | |
| 7629 } | |
| 7630 } | |
| 7631 #endif | |
| 7632 | |
| 7633 /* | |
| 7634 * make the replace stack empty | |
| 7635 * (called when exiting replace mode) | |
| 7636 */ | |
| 7637 static void | |
| 7638 replace_flush() | |
| 7639 { | |
| 7640 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
| 7641 replace_stack = NULL; | |
| 7642 replace_stack_len = 0; | |
| 7643 replace_stack_nr = 0; | |
| 7644 } | |
| 7645 | |
| 7646 /* | |
| 7647 * Handle doing a BS for one character. | |
| 7648 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor | |
| 7649 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it | |
| 7650 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back | |
| 7651 * and check for more characters to be put back | |
| 1782 | 7652 * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column. Matters when |
| 7653 * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char(). | |
| 7 | 7654 */ |
| 7655 static void | |
| 1782 | 7656 replace_do_bs(limit_col) |
| 7657 int limit_col; | |
| 7 | 7658 { |
| 7659 int cc; | |
| 7660 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7661 int orig_len = 0; | |
| 7662 int ins_len; | |
| 7663 int orig_vcols = 0; | |
| 7664 colnr_T start_vcol; | |
| 7665 char_u *p; | |
| 7666 int i; | |
| 7667 int vcol; | |
| 7668 #endif | |
| 7669 | |
| 7670 cc = replace_pop(); | |
| 7671 if (cc > 0) | |
| 7672 { | |
| 7673 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7674 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 7675 { | |
| 7676 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are | |
| 7677 * going to delete. */ | |
| 7678 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL); | |
| 7679 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol); | |
| 7680 } | |
| 7681 #endif | |
| 7682 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7683 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7684 { | |
| 1782 | 7685 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
| 7 | 7686 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 7687 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 835 | 7688 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); |
| 7 | 7689 # endif |
| 7690 replace_push(cc); | |
| 7691 } | |
| 7692 else | |
| 7693 #endif | |
| 7694 { | |
| 7695 pchar_cursor(cc); | |
| 7696 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7697 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 835 | 7698 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1; |
| 7 | 7699 #endif |
| 7700 } | |
| 7701 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 7702 | |
| 7703 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7704 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 7705 { | |
| 7706 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */ | |
| 7707 p = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 835 | 7708 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len; |
| 7 | 7709 vcol = start_vcol; |
| 7710 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i) | |
| 7711 { | |
| 7712 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol); | |
| 7713 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 7714 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1; |
| 7 | 7715 #endif |
| 7716 } | |
| 7717 vcol -= start_vcol; | |
| 7718 | |
| 7719 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the | |
| 7720 * text aligned. */ | |
| 7721 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len; | |
| 7722 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ') | |
| 7723 { | |
| 7724 del_char(FALSE); | |
| 7725 ++orig_vcols; | |
| 7726 } | |
| 7727 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len; | |
| 7728 } | |
| 7729 #endif | |
| 7730 | |
| 7731 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 7732 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 7733 } | |
| 7734 else if (cc == 0) | |
| 1782 | 7735 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
| 7 | 7736 } |
| 7737 | |
| 7738 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7739 /* | |
| 7740 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on. | |
| 7741 */ | |
| 7742 static int | |
| 7743 cindent_on() | |
| 7744 { | |
| 7745 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin | |
| 7746 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 7747 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL | |
| 7748 # endif | |
| 7749 )); | |
| 7750 } | |
| 7751 #endif | |
| 7752 | |
| 7753 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7754 /* | |
| 7755 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the | |
| 7756 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very | |
| 7757 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not. | |
| 7758 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent. | |
| 7759 */ | |
| 7760 | |
| 7761 void | |
| 7762 fixthisline(get_the_indent) | |
| 7763 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void)); | |
| 7764 { | |
| 1516 | 7765 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 7766 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) |
| 7767 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */ | |
| 7768 } | |
| 7769 | |
| 7770 void | |
| 7771 fix_indent() | |
| 7772 { | |
| 7773 if (p_paste) | |
| 7774 return; | |
| 7775 # ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
| 7776 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai) | |
| 7777 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); | |
| 7778 # endif | |
| 7779 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
| 7780 else | |
| 7781 # endif | |
| 7782 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7783 if (cindent_on()) | |
| 7784 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 7785 # endif | |
| 7786 } | |
| 7787 | |
| 7788 #endif | |
| 7789 | |
| 7790 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7791 /* | |
| 7792 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped", | |
| 7793 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert) | |
| 4352 | 7794 * when == '!': Only if key is preceded with '!' (don't insert) |
| 7 | 7795 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards) |
| 7796 * | |
| 7797 * "keytyped" can have a few special values: | |
| 7798 * KEY_OPEN_FORW | |
| 7799 * KEY_OPEN_BACK | |
| 7800 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion. | |
| 7801 * | |
| 7802 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them. | |
| 7803 */ | |
| 7804 int | |
| 7805 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty) | |
| 7806 int keytyped; | |
| 7807 int when; | |
| 7808 int line_is_empty; | |
| 7809 { | |
| 7810 char_u *look; | |
| 7811 int try_match; | |
| 7812 int try_match_word; | |
| 7813 char_u *p; | |
| 7814 char_u *line; | |
| 7815 int icase; | |
| 7816 int i; | |
| 7817 | |
| 2025 | 7818 if (keytyped == NUL) |
| 7819 /* Can happen with CTRL-Y and CTRL-E on a short line. */ | |
| 7820 return FALSE; | |
| 7821 | |
| 7 | 7822 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 7823 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) | |
| 7824 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */ | |
| 7825 else | |
| 7826 #endif | |
| 7827 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */ | |
| 7828 while (*look) | |
| 7829 { | |
| 7830 /* | |
| 7831 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on | |
| 7832 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key. | |
| 7833 */ | |
| 7834 switch (when) | |
| 7835 { | |
| 7836 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break; | |
| 7837 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break; | |
| 7838 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break; | |
| 7839 } | |
| 7840 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!') | |
| 7841 ++look; | |
| 7842 | |
| 7843 /* | |
| 7844 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty. | |
| 7845 * But may still match when typing last char of a word. | |
| 7846 */ | |
| 7847 if (*look == '0') | |
| 7848 { | |
| 7849 try_match_word = try_match; | |
| 7850 if (!line_is_empty) | |
| 7851 try_match = FALSE; | |
| 7852 ++look; | |
| 7853 } | |
| 7854 else | |
| 7855 try_match_word = FALSE; | |
| 7856 | |
| 7857 /* | |
| 7858 * does it look like a control character? | |
| 7859 */ | |
| 7860 if (*look == '^' | |
| 7861 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 7862 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0) | |
| 7863 #else | |
| 7864 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_' | |
| 7865 #endif | |
| 7866 ) | |
| 7867 { | |
| 7868 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1])) | |
| 7869 return TRUE; | |
| 7870 look += 2; | |
| 7871 } | |
| 7872 /* | |
| 7873 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward. | |
| 7874 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward. | |
| 7875 */ | |
| 7876 else if (*look == 'o') | |
| 7877 { | |
| 7878 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW) | |
| 7879 return TRUE; | |
| 7880 ++look; | |
| 7881 } | |
| 7882 else if (*look == 'O') | |
| 7883 { | |
| 7884 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK) | |
| 7885 return TRUE; | |
| 7886 ++look; | |
| 7887 } | |
| 7888 | |
| 7889 /* | |
| 7890 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the | |
| 7891 * cursor. | |
| 7892 */ | |
| 7893 else if (*look == 'e') | |
| 7894 { | |
| 7895 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4) | |
| 7896 { | |
| 7897 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7898 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 && | |
| 7899 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0) | |
| 7900 return TRUE; | |
| 7901 } | |
| 7902 ++look; | |
| 7903 } | |
| 7904 | |
| 7905 /* | |
| 7906 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case | |
| 7907 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix | |
| 7908 * class::method for C++). | |
| 7909 */ | |
| 7910 else if (*look == ':') | |
| 7911 { | |
| 7912 if (try_match && keytyped == ':') | |
| 7913 { | |
| 7914 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5442 | 7915 if (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel()) |
| 7 | 7916 return TRUE; |
| 1300 | 7917 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */ |
| 7918 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7 | 7919 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2 |
| 7920 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':' | |
| 7921 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':') | |
| 7922 { | |
| 7923 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' '; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7924 i = (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) |
| 5442 | 7925 || cin_islabel()); |
| 7 | 7926 p = ml_get_curline(); |
| 7927 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':'; | |
| 7928 if (i) | |
| 7929 return TRUE; | |
| 7930 } | |
| 7931 } | |
| 7932 ++look; | |
| 7933 } | |
| 7934 | |
| 7935 | |
| 7936 /* | |
| 7937 * Is it a key in <>, maybe? | |
| 7938 */ | |
| 7939 else if (*look == '<') | |
| 7940 { | |
| 7941 if (try_match) | |
| 7942 { | |
| 7943 /* | |
| 7944 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>, | |
| 7945 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <, | |
| 7946 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to. | |
| 7947 */ | |
| 7948 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL | |
| 7949 && keytyped == look[1]) | |
| 7950 return TRUE; | |
| 7951 | |
| 7952 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1)) | |
| 7953 return TRUE; | |
| 7954 } | |
| 7955 while (*look && *look != '>') | |
| 7956 look++; | |
| 7957 while (*look == '>') | |
| 7958 look++; | |
| 7959 } | |
| 7960 | |
| 7961 /* | |
| 7962 * Is it a word: "=word"? | |
| 7963 */ | |
| 7964 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL) | |
| 7965 { | |
| 7966 ++look; | |
| 7967 if (*look == '~') | |
| 7968 { | |
| 7969 icase = TRUE; | |
| 7970 ++look; | |
| 7971 } | |
| 7972 else | |
| 7973 icase = FALSE; | |
| 7974 p = vim_strchr(look, ','); | |
| 7975 if (p == NULL) | |
| 7976 p = look + STRLEN(look); | |
| 7977 if ((try_match || try_match_word) | |
| 7978 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look)) | |
| 7979 { | |
| 7980 int match = FALSE; | |
| 7981 | |
| 7982 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 7983 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE) | |
| 7984 { | |
| 7985 char_u *s; | |
| 7986 | |
| 7987 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look". | |
| 7988 * search back for the start of a word. */ | |
| 7989 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7990 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7991 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7992 { | |
| 7993 char_u *n; | |
| 7994 | |
| 7995 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n) | |
| 7996 { | |
| 7997 n = mb_prevptr(line, s); | |
| 7998 if (!vim_iswordp(n)) | |
| 7999 break; | |
| 8000 } | |
| 8001 } | |
| 8002 else | |
| 8003 # endif | |
| 8004 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s) | |
| 8005 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1])) | |
| 8006 break; | |
| 8007 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col | |
| 8008 && (icase | |
| 8009 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look) | |
| 8010 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0) | |
| 8011 match = TRUE; | |
| 8012 } | |
| 8013 else | |
| 8014 #endif | |
| 8015 /* TODO: multi-byte */ | |
| 8016 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256 | |
| 8017 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1]))) | |
| 8018 { | |
| 8019 line = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 8020 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look) | |
| 8021 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1])) | |
| 8022 && (icase | |
| 8023 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look) | |
| 8024 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)) | |
| 8025 == 0) | |
| 8026 match = TRUE; | |
| 8027 } | |
| 8028 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match) | |
| 8029 { | |
| 8030 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the | |
| 8031 * word. */ | |
| 8032 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8033 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) != | |
| 8034 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look))) | |
| 8035 match = FALSE; | |
| 8036 } | |
| 8037 if (match) | |
| 8038 return TRUE; | |
| 8039 } | |
| 8040 look = p; | |
| 8041 } | |
| 8042 | |
| 8043 /* | |
| 8044 * ok, it's a boring generic character. | |
| 8045 */ | |
| 8046 else | |
| 8047 { | |
| 8048 if (try_match && *look == keytyped) | |
| 8049 return TRUE; | |
| 8050 ++look; | |
| 8051 } | |
| 8052 | |
| 8053 /* | |
| 8054 * Skip over ", ". | |
| 8055 */ | |
| 8056 look = skip_to_option_part(look); | |
| 8057 } | |
| 8058 return FALSE; | |
| 8059 } | |
| 8060 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 8061 | |
| 8062 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 8063 /* | |
| 8064 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode. | |
| 8065 */ | |
| 8066 int | |
| 8067 hkmap(c) | |
| 8068 int c; | |
| 8069 { | |
| 8070 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */ | |
| 8071 { | |
| 8072 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD, | |
| 8073 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN, | |
| 8074 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV}; | |
| 8075 static char_u map[26] = | |
| 8076 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/, | |
| 8077 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/, | |
| 8078 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/, | |
| 8079 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/, | |
| 8080 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/, | |
| 8081 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/, | |
| 8082 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/, | |
| 8083 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/, | |
| 8084 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/}; | |
| 8085 | |
| 8086 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z') | |
| 8087 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph); | |
| 8088 /* '-1'='sofit' */ | |
| 8089 else if (c == 'x') | |
| 8090 return 'X'; | |
| 8091 else if (c == 'q') | |
| 8092 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */ | |
| 8093 else if (c == 246) | |
| 8094 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */ | |
| 8095 else if (c == 228) | |
| 8096 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
| 8097 else if (c == 252) | |
| 8098 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
| 8099 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 8100 else if (islower(c)) | |
| 8101 #else | |
| 8102 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we | |
| 8103 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on | |
| 8104 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are | |
| 8105 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text. | |
| 8106 */ | |
| 8107 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') | |
| 8108 #endif | |
| 8109 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph); | |
| 8110 else | |
| 8111 return c; | |
| 8112 } | |
| 8113 else | |
| 8114 { | |
| 8115 switch (c) | |
| 8116 { | |
| 8117 case '`': return ';'; | |
| 8118 case '/': return '.'; | |
| 8119 case '\'': return ','; | |
| 8120 case 'q': return '/'; | |
| 8121 case 'w': return '\''; | |
| 8122 | |
| 8123 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */ | |
| 8124 case ',': c = '{'; break; | |
| 8125 case '.': c = 'v'; break; | |
| 8126 case ';': c = 't'; break; | |
| 8127 default: { | |
| 8128 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig"; | |
| 8129 | |
| 8130 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 8131 /* see note about islower() above */ | |
| 8132 if (!islower(c)) | |
| 8133 #else | |
| 8134 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z') | |
| 8135 #endif | |
| 8136 return c; | |
| 8137 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)]; | |
| 8138 break; | |
| 8139 } | |
| 8140 } | |
| 8141 | |
| 8142 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph); | |
| 8143 } | |
| 8144 } | |
| 8145 #endif | |
| 8146 | |
| 8147 static void | |
| 8148 ins_reg() | |
| 8149 { | |
| 8150 int need_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 8151 int regname; | |
| 8152 int literally = 0; | |
| 844 | 8153 int vis_active = VIsual_active; |
| 7 | 8154 |
| 8155 /* | |
| 8156 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'. | |
| 8157 */ | |
| 8158 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 8159 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 8160 { | |
| 8161 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 8162 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 8163 |
| 8164 edit_putchar('"', TRUE); | |
| 8165 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 8166 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R); | |
| 8167 #endif | |
| 8168 } | |
| 8169 | |
| 8170 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 8171 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 8172 #endif | |
| 8173 | |
| 8174 /* | |
| 8175 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
| 8176 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
| 8177 */ | |
| 8178 ++no_mapping; | |
| 1389 | 8179 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 8180 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
| 8181 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P) | |
| 8182 { | |
| 8183 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */ | |
| 8184 literally = regname; | |
| 8185 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 8186 add_to_showcmd_c(literally); | |
| 8187 #endif | |
| 1389 | 8188 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 8189 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
| 8190 } | |
| 8191 --no_mapping; | |
| 8192 | |
| 8193 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
|
4909
2945fe016b93
updated for version 7.3.1200
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
8194 /* Don't call u_sync() while typing the expression or giving an error |
|
2945fe016b93
updated for version 7.3.1200
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
8195 * message for it. Only call it explicitly. */ |
| 7 | 8196 ++no_u_sync; |
| 8197 if (regname == '=') | |
| 8198 { | |
| 133 | 8199 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
| 7 | 8200 int im_on = im_get_status(); |
| 133 | 8201 # endif |
|
5120
6e611380b4cf
updated for version 7.3.1303
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5094
diff
changeset
|
8202 /* Sync undo when evaluating the expression calls setline() or |
|
6e611380b4cf
updated for version 7.3.1303
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5094
diff
changeset
|
8203 * append(), so that it can be undone separately. */ |
|
6e611380b4cf
updated for version 7.3.1303
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5094
diff
changeset
|
8204 u_sync_once = 2; |
|
5018
d6a7dea44a86
updated for version 7.3.1253
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4909
diff
changeset
|
8205 |
| 7 | 8206 regname = get_expr_register(); |
| 133 | 8207 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
| 7 | 8208 /* Restore the Input Method. */ |
| 8209 if (im_on) | |
| 8210 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
| 133 | 8211 # endif |
| 7 | 8212 } |
| 140 | 8213 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) |
| 8214 { | |
| 8215 vim_beep(); | |
| 7 | 8216 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ |
| 140 | 8217 } |
| 7 | 8218 else |
| 8219 { | |
| 8220 #endif | |
| 8221 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P) | |
| 8222 { | |
| 8223 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */ | |
| 8224 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R); | |
| 8225 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally); | |
| 8226 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname); | |
| 8227 | |
| 8228 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L, | |
| 8229 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND); | |
| 8230 } | |
| 8231 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL) | |
| 8232 { | |
| 8233 vim_beep(); | |
| 8234 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ | |
| 8235 } | |
| 133 | 8236 else if (stop_insert_mode) |
| 8237 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that | |
| 8238 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't | |
| 8239 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */ | |
| 8240 need_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 8241 | |
| 7 | 8242 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 8243 } | |
| 8244 --no_u_sync; | |
|
5120
6e611380b4cf
updated for version 7.3.1303
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5094
diff
changeset
|
8245 if (u_sync_once == 1) |
|
6e611380b4cf
updated for version 7.3.1303
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5094
diff
changeset
|
8246 ins_need_undo = TRUE; |
|
6e611380b4cf
updated for version 7.3.1303
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5094
diff
changeset
|
8247 u_sync_once = 0; |
| 7 | 8248 #endif |
| 8249 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 8250 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 8251 #endif | |
| 8252 | |
| 8253 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */ | |
| 8254 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty()) | |
| 8255 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 844 | 8256 |
| 8257 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */ | |
| 8258 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active) | |
| 8259 end_visual_mode(); | |
| 7 | 8260 } |
| 8261 | |
| 8262 /* | |
| 8263 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode. | |
| 8264 */ | |
| 8265 static void | |
| 8266 ins_ctrl_g() | |
| 8267 { | |
| 8268 int c; | |
| 8269 | |
| 8270 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 8271 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */ | |
| 8272 setcursor(); | |
| 8273 #endif | |
| 8274 | |
| 8275 /* | |
| 8276 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
| 8277 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
| 8278 */ | |
| 8279 ++no_mapping; | |
| 1389 | 8280 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 8281 --no_mapping; |
| 8282 switch (c) | |
| 8283 { | |
| 8284 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */ | |
| 8285 case K_UP: | |
| 8286 case Ctrl_K: | |
| 8287 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE); | |
| 8288 break; | |
| 8289 | |
| 8290 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */ | |
| 8291 case K_DOWN: | |
| 8292 case Ctrl_J: | |
| 8293 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE); | |
| 8294 break; | |
| 8295 | |
| 8296 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */ | |
| 825 | 8297 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE); |
| 7 | 8298 ins_need_undo = TRUE; |
| 626 | 8299 |
| 8300 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins | |
| 1219 | 8301 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */ |
| 5680 | 8302 update_Insstart_orig = FALSE; |
| 626 | 8303 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 7 | 8304 break; |
| 8305 | |
| 8306 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */ | |
| 8307 default: vim_beep(); | |
| 8308 } | |
| 8309 } | |
| 8310 | |
| 8311 /* | |
| 449 | 8312 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode. |
| 8313 */ | |
| 8314 static void | |
| 8315 ins_ctrl_hat() | |
| 8316 { | |
| 782 | 8317 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE)) |
| 449 | 8318 { |
| 8319 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */ | |
| 8320 if (State & LANGMAP) | |
| 8321 { | |
| 8322 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
| 8323 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
| 8324 } | |
| 8325 else | |
| 8326 { | |
| 8327 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP; | |
| 8328 State |= LANGMAP; | |
| 8329 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 8330 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 8331 #endif | |
| 8332 } | |
| 8333 } | |
| 8334 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 8335 else | |
| 8336 { | |
| 8337 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */ | |
| 8338 if (im_get_status()) | |
| 8339 { | |
| 8340 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
| 8341 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 8342 } | |
| 8343 else | |
| 8344 { | |
| 8345 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM; | |
| 8346 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
| 8347 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
| 8348 } | |
| 8349 } | |
| 8350 #endif | |
| 8351 set_iminsert_global(); | |
| 8352 showmode(); | |
| 8353 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8354 /* may show different cursor shape or color */ | |
| 8355 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 8356 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 8357 #endif | |
| 8358 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) | |
| 8359 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */ | |
| 8360 status_redraw_curbuf(); | |
| 8361 #endif | |
| 8362 } | |
| 8363 | |
| 8364 /* | |
| 7 | 8365 * Handle ESC in insert mode. |
| 8366 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the | |
| 8367 * insert. | |
| 8368 */ | |
| 8369 static int | |
| 477 | 8370 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove) |
| 7 | 8371 long *count; |
| 8372 int cmdchar; | |
| 477 | 8373 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */ |
| 7 | 8374 { |
| 8375 int temp; | |
| 8376 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 8377 | |
| 744 | 8378 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 449 | 8379 check_spell_redraw(); |
| 8380 #endif | |
| 7 | 8381 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) |
| 8382 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE) | |
| 8383 hangul_input_state_set(0); | |
| 8384 # endif | |
| 8385 if (composing_hangul) | |
| 8386 { | |
| 8387 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2); | |
| 8388 composing_hangul = 0; | |
| 8389 } | |
| 8390 #endif | |
| 8391 | |
| 8392 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8393 if (disabled_redraw) | |
| 8394 { | |
| 8395 --RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 8396 disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 8397 } | |
| 8398 if (!arrow_used) | |
| 8399 { | |
| 8400 /* | |
| 8401 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx". | |
| 75 | 8402 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for |
| 8403 * when "count" is non-zero. | |
| 7 | 8404 */ |
| 8405 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 75 | 8406 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR); |
| 7 | 8407 |
| 8408 /* | |
| 8409 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for | |
| 8410 * interrupt now and then. | |
| 8411 */ | |
| 8412 if (*count > 0) | |
| 8413 { | |
| 8414 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 8415 if (got_int) | |
| 8416 *count = 0; | |
| 8417 } | |
| 8418 | |
| 8419 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */ | |
| 8420 { | |
| 164 | 8421 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */ |
| 8422 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL) | |
| 8423 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG; | |
| 8424 | |
| 7 | 8425 (void)start_redo_ins(); |
| 8426 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 6098 | 8427 stuffRedoReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */ |
| 7 | 8428 ++RedrawingDisabled; |
| 8429 disabled_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 8430 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */ | |
| 8431 } | |
| 5434 | 8432 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE, nomove); |
| 7 | 8433 undisplay_dollar(); |
| 8434 } | |
| 8435 | |
| 8436 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the | |
| 8437 * indent */ | |
| 8438 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 8439 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 8440 | |
| 8441 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */ | |
| 8442 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) | |
| 8443 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8444 | |
| 8445 /* | |
| 8446 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character. | |
| 477 | 8447 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line. |
| 7 | 8448 */ |
| 477 | 8449 if (!nomove |
| 8450 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0 | |
| 7 | 8451 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 8452 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 | |
| 8453 #endif | |
| 477 | 8454 ) |
| 8455 && (restart_edit == NUL | |
| 5735 | 8456 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL && !VIsual_active)) |
| 7 | 8457 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 8458 && !revins_on | |
| 8459 #endif | |
| 8460 ) | |
| 8461 { | |
| 8462 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8463 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL) | |
| 8464 { | |
| 8465 oneleft(); | |
| 8466 if (restart_edit != NUL) | |
| 8467 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
| 8468 } | |
| 8469 else | |
| 8470 #endif | |
| 8471 { | |
| 8472 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8473 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8474 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */ | |
| 8475 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 8476 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 8477 #endif | |
| 8478 } | |
| 8479 } | |
| 8480 | |
| 8481 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 8482 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands. | |
| 8483 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as | |
| 8484 * well). */ | |
| 8485 if (!(State & LANGMAP)) | |
| 8486 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert); | |
| 8487 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 8488 #endif | |
| 8489 | |
| 8490 State = NORMAL; | |
| 8491 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */ | |
| 8492 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 8493 | |
| 8494 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 8495 setmouse(); | |
| 8496 #endif | |
| 8497 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 8498 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 8499 #endif | |
| 8500 | |
| 8501 /* | |
| 8502 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode. | |
| 8503 * Otherwise remove the mode message. | |
| 8504 */ | |
| 8505 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL) | |
| 8506 showmode(); | |
| 8507 else if (p_smd) | |
| 8508 MSG(""); | |
| 8509 | |
| 8510 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */ | |
| 8511 } | |
| 8512 | |
| 8513 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8514 /* | |
| 8515 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on. | |
| 8516 * Move to end of reverse inserted text. | |
| 8517 */ | |
| 8518 static void | |
| 8519 ins_ctrl_() | |
| 8520 { | |
| 8521 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0) | |
| 8522 { | |
| 8523 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--) | |
| 8524 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8525 } | |
| 8526 p_ri = !p_ri; | |
| 8527 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
| 8528 if (revins_on) | |
| 8529 { | |
| 8530 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8531 revins_legal++; | |
| 8532 revins_chars = 0; | |
| 8533 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8534 } | |
| 8535 else | |
| 8536 revins_scol = -1; | |
| 8537 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 8538 if (p_altkeymap) | |
| 8539 { | |
| 8540 /* | |
| 8541 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.' | |
| 8542 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo | |
| 8543 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert). | |
| 8544 */ | |
| 8545 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
| 8546 (void)stop_arrow(); | |
| 8547 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; | |
| 8548 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 8549 State = INSERT; | |
| 8550 } | |
| 8551 else | |
| 8552 #endif | |
| 8553 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */ | |
| 8554 showmode(); | |
| 8555 } | |
| 8556 #endif | |
| 8557 | |
| 8558 /* | |
| 8559 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. | |
| 8560 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed. | |
| 8561 */ | |
| 8562 static int | |
| 8563 ins_start_select(c) | |
| 8564 int c; | |
| 8565 { | |
| 8566 if (km_startsel) | |
| 8567 switch (c) | |
| 8568 { | |
| 8569 case K_KHOME: | |
| 8570 case K_KEND: | |
| 8571 case K_PAGEUP: | |
| 8572 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 8573 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
| 8574 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 8575 # ifdef MACOS | |
| 8576 case K_LEFT: | |
| 8577 case K_RIGHT: | |
| 8578 case K_UP: | |
| 8579 case K_DOWN: | |
| 8580 case K_END: | |
| 8581 case K_HOME: | |
| 8582 # endif | |
| 8583 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) | |
| 8584 break; | |
| 8585 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 8586 case K_S_LEFT: | |
| 8587 case K_S_RIGHT: | |
| 8588 case K_S_UP: | |
| 8589 case K_S_DOWN: | |
| 8590 case K_S_END: | |
| 8591 case K_S_HOME: | |
| 8592 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with | |
| 8593 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */ | |
| 8594 start_selection(); | |
| 8595 | |
| 8596 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */ | |
| 8597 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O); | |
| 8598 if (mod_mask) | |
| 8599 { | |
| 8600 char_u buf[4]; | |
| 8601 | |
| 8602 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 8603 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 8604 buf[2] = mod_mask; | |
| 8605 buf[3] = NUL; | |
| 8606 stuffReadbuff(buf); | |
| 8607 } | |
| 8608 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
| 8609 return TRUE; | |
| 8610 } | |
| 8611 return FALSE; | |
| 8612 } | |
| 8613 | |
| 8614 /* | |
| 4352 | 8615 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/replace mode. |
| 449 | 8616 */ |
| 8617 static void | |
| 8618 ins_insert(replaceState) | |
| 8619 int replaceState; | |
| 8620 { | |
| 8621 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 8622 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 8623 { | |
| 8624 beep_flush(); | |
| 8625 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
| 8626 return; | |
| 8627 } | |
| 8628 #endif | |
| 8629 | |
| 8630 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 532 | 8631 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 449 | 8632 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, |
| 8633 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" : | |
| 667 | 8634 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 8635 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : | |
| 8636 # endif | |
| 8637 "r"), 1); | |
| 532 | 8638 # endif |
| 449 | 8639 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 8640 #endif | |
| 8641 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8642 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP); | |
| 8643 else | |
| 8644 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP); | |
| 8645 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS); | |
| 8646 showmode(); | |
| 8647 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 8648 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 8649 #endif | |
| 8650 } | |
| 8651 | |
| 8652 /* | |
| 8653 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode. | |
| 8654 */ | |
| 8655 static void | |
| 8656 ins_ctrl_o() | |
| 8657 { | |
| 8658 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8659 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8660 restart_edit = 'V'; | |
| 8661 else | |
| 8662 #endif | |
| 8663 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8664 restart_edit = 'R'; | |
| 8665 else | |
| 8666 restart_edit = 'I'; | |
| 8667 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8668 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 8669 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */ | |
| 8670 else | |
| 8671 #endif | |
| 8672 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL); | |
| 8673 } | |
| 8674 | |
| 8675 /* | |
| 7 | 8676 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one |
| 8677 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>". | |
| 1796 | 8678 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible |
| 7 | 8679 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an |
| 8680 * autoindent, we support it everywhere. | |
| 8681 */ | |
| 8682 static void | |
| 8683 ins_shift(c, lastc) | |
| 8684 int c; | |
| 8685 int lastc; | |
| 8686 { | |
| 8687 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8688 return; | |
| 8689 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 8690 | |
| 8691 /* | |
| 8692 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent. | |
| 8693 */ | |
| 1330 | 8694 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') |
| 8695 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 7 | 8696 { |
| 8697 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8698 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */ | |
| 8699 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */ | |
| 8700 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8701 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 8702 if (lastc == '^') | |
| 8703 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */ | |
| 1516 | 8704 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 8705 } |
| 8706 else | |
| 1516 | 8707 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 8708 |
| 8709 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL) | |
| 8710 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8711 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8712 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8713 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8714 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8715 #endif | |
| 8716 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8717 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */ | |
| 8718 #endif | |
| 8719 } | |
| 8720 | |
| 8721 static void | |
| 8722 ins_del() | |
| 8723 { | |
| 8724 int temp; | |
| 8725 | |
| 8726 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8727 return; | |
| 8728 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */ | |
| 8729 { | |
| 8730 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8731 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */ | |
| 5848 | 8732 || do_join(2, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) |
| 7 | 8733 vim_beep(); |
| 8734 else | |
| 8735 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp; | |
| 8736 } | |
| 8737 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */ | |
| 8738 vim_beep(); | |
| 8739 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8740 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8741 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8742 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8743 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8744 #endif | |
| 8745 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL); | |
| 8746 } | |
| 8747 | |
| 1460 | 8748 static void ins_bs_one __ARGS((colnr_T *vcolp)); |
| 8749 | |
| 8750 /* | |
| 8751 * Delete one character for ins_bs(). | |
| 8752 */ | |
| 8753 static void | |
| 8754 ins_bs_one(vcolp) | |
| 8755 colnr_T *vcolp; | |
| 8756 { | |
| 8757 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8758 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL); | |
| 8759 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8760 { | |
| 8761 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in | |
| 8762 * Replace mode */ | |
| 8763 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 8764 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
| 1782 | 8765 replace_do_bs(-1); |
| 1460 | 8766 } |
| 8767 else | |
| 8768 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 8769 } | |
| 8770 | |
| 7 | 8771 /* |
| 8772 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode. | |
| 8773 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used. | |
| 8774 */ | |
| 8775 static int | |
| 8776 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p) | |
| 8777 int c; | |
| 8778 int mode; | |
| 8779 int *inserted_space_p; | |
| 8780 { | |
| 8781 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 8782 int cc; | |
| 8783 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1872 | 8784 colnr_T save_col; |
| 7 | 8785 colnr_T mincol; |
| 8786 int did_backspace = FALSE; | |
| 8787 int in_indent; | |
| 8788 int oldState; | |
| 8789 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 8790 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */ |
| 7 | 8791 #endif |
| 8792 | |
| 8793 /* | |
| 8794 * can't delete anything in an empty file | |
| 8795 * can't backup past first character in buffer | |
| 8796 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1 | |
| 8797 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0 | |
| 8798 */ | |
| 8799 if ( bufempty() | |
| 8800 || ( | |
| 8801 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8802 !revins_on && | |
| 8803 #endif | |
| 8804 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 8805 || (!can_bs(BS_START) | |
| 8806 && (arrow_used | |
| 5852 | 8807 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart_orig.lnum |
| 8808 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart_orig.col))) | |
| 7 | 8809 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0 |
| 8810 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col) | |
| 8811 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)))) | |
| 8812 { | |
| 8813 vim_beep(); | |
| 8814 return FALSE; | |
| 8815 } | |
| 8816 | |
| 8817 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8818 return FALSE; | |
| 8819 in_indent = inindent(0); | |
| 8820 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8821 if (in_indent) | |
| 8822 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 8823 #endif | |
| 8824 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 8825 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */ | |
| 8826 #endif | |
| 8827 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8828 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */ | |
| 8829 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8830 #endif | |
| 8831 | |
| 8832 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8833 /* Virtualedit: | |
| 8834 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space | |
| 8835 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd | |
| 8836 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going | |
| 8837 */ | |
| 8838 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 8839 { | |
| 8840 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
| 8841 { | |
| 8842 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
| 8843 return TRUE; | |
| 8844 } | |
| 8845 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD) | |
| 8846 { | |
| 8847 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 8848 return TRUE; | |
| 8849 } | |
| 8850 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 8851 } | |
| 8852 #endif | |
| 8853 | |
| 8854 /* | |
| 8855 * delete newline! | |
| 8856 */ | |
| 8857 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 8858 { | |
| 6629 | 8859 lnum = Insstart.lnum; |
| 5852 | 8860 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == lnum |
| 7 | 8861 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 8862 || revins_on | |
| 8863 #endif | |
| 8864 ) | |
| 8865 { | |
| 8866 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2), | |
| 8867 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
| 8868 return FALSE; | |
| 6629 | 8869 --Insstart.lnum; |
| 8870 Insstart.col = MAXCOL; | |
| 7 | 8871 } |
| 8872 /* | |
| 8873 * In replace mode: | |
| 8874 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it | |
| 8875 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back | |
| 8876 */ | |
| 8877 cc = -1; | |
| 8878 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8879 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */ | |
| 8880 /* | |
| 8881 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the | |
| 8882 * cursor. | |
| 8883 */ | |
| 8884 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) | |
| 8885 { | |
| 8886 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8887 } | |
| 8888 else | |
| 8889 { | |
| 8890 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8891 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8892 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count) | |
| 8893 #endif | |
| 8894 { | |
| 8895 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */ | |
| 8896 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 278 | 8897 |
| 8898 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at | |
| 8899 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken | |
| 8900 * again when auto-formatting. */ | |
| 8901 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO) | |
| 8902 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
| 8903 { | |
| 8904 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 8905 TRUE); | |
| 8906 int len; | |
| 8907 | |
| 835 | 8908 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); |
| 278 | 8909 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ') |
| 8910 ptr[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 8911 } | |
| 8912 | |
| 5848 | 8913 (void)do_join(2, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE); |
| 7 | 8914 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL) |
| 8915 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8916 } | |
| 8917 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8918 else | |
| 8919 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8920 #endif | |
| 8921 | |
| 8922 /* | |
| 8923 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced | |
| 8924 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated | |
| 8925 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the | |
| 8926 * characters that NL replaced. | |
| 8927 */ | |
| 8928 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8929 { | |
| 8930 /* | |
| 8931 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to | |
| 8932 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and | |
| 8933 * avoiding showmatch(). | |
| 8934 */ | |
| 8935 oldState = State; | |
| 8936 State = NORMAL; | |
| 8937 /* | |
| 8938 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor | |
| 8939 */ | |
| 8940 while (cc > 0) | |
| 8941 { | |
| 1872 | 8942 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 7 | 8943 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 8944 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
| 8945 #else | |
| 8946 ins_char(cc); | |
| 8947 #endif | |
| 1872 | 8948 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
| 7 | 8949 cc = replace_pop(); |
| 8950 } | |
| 8951 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */ | |
| 8952 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 8953 State = oldState; | |
| 8954 } | |
| 8955 } | |
| 8956 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8957 } | |
| 8958 else | |
| 8959 { | |
| 8960 /* | |
| 8961 * Delete character(s) before the cursor. | |
| 8962 */ | |
| 8963 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8964 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */ | |
| 8965 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8966 #endif | |
| 8967 mincol = 0; | |
| 8968 /* keep indent */ | |
| 1085 | 8969 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE |
| 8970 && (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 8971 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 2004 | 8972 || cindent_on() |
| 1085 | 8973 #endif |
| 8974 ) | |
| 7 | 8975 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 8976 && !revins_on | |
| 8977 #endif | |
| 8978 ) | |
| 8979 { | |
| 1872 | 8980 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 7 | 8981 beginline(BL_WHITE); |
| 1988 | 8982 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < save_col) |
| 7 | 8983 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 1872 | 8984 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
| 7 | 8985 } |
| 8986 | |
| 8987 /* | |
| 8988 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'. | |
| 8989 */ | |
| 8990 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR | |
| 8991 && ((p_sta && in_indent) | |
| 3873 | 8992 || (get_sts_value() != 0 |
| 1497 | 8993 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 |
| 7 | 8994 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB |
| 8995 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' ' | |
| 8996 && (!*inserted_space_p | |
| 8997 || arrow_used)))))) | |
| 8998 { | |
| 8999 int ts; | |
| 9000 colnr_T vcol; | |
| 9001 colnr_T want_vcol; | |
| 1460 | 9002 colnr_T start_vcol; |
| 7 | 9003 |
| 9004 *inserted_space_p = FALSE; | |
| 648 | 9005 if (p_sta && in_indent) |
| 5438 | 9006 ts = (int)get_sw_value(curbuf); |
| 7 | 9007 else |
| 3873 | 9008 ts = (int)get_sts_value(); |
| 7 | 9009 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since |
| 9010 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of | |
| 9011 * the previous character. */ | |
| 9012 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 1460 | 9013 start_vcol = vcol; |
| 7 | 9014 dec_cursor(); |
| 9015 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol); | |
| 9016 inc_cursor(); | |
| 9017 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts; | |
| 9018 | |
| 9019 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */ | |
| 9020 while (vcol > want_vcol | |
| 9021 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc))) | |
| 1460 | 9022 ins_bs_one(&vcol); |
| 7 | 9023 |
| 9024 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */ | |
| 9025 while (vcol < want_vcol) | |
| 9026 { | |
| 9027 /* Remember the first char we inserted */ | |
| 5852 | 9028 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart_orig.lnum |
| 9029 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart_orig.col) | |
| 9030 Insstart_orig.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 7 | 9031 |
| 9032 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9033 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9034 ins_char(' '); | |
| 9035 else | |
| 9036 #endif | |
| 9037 { | |
| 9038 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
| 1460 | 9039 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)) |
| 9040 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 7 | 9041 } |
| 9042 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 9043 } | |
| 1460 | 9044 |
| 9045 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can | |
| 9046 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */ | |
| 9047 if (vcol >= start_vcol) | |
| 9048 ins_bs_one(&vcol); | |
| 7 | 9049 } |
| 9050 | |
| 9051 /* | |
| 9052 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word. | |
| 9053 */ | |
| 6712 | 9054 else |
| 9055 { | |
| 9056 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9057 int cclass = 0, prev_cclass = 0; | |
| 9058 | |
| 9059 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 9060 cclass = mb_get_class(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 9061 #endif | |
| 9062 do | |
| 7 | 9063 { |
| 9064 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 6712 | 9065 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */ |
| 9066 #endif | |
| 7 | 9067 dec_cursor(); |
| 6712 | 9068 |
| 9069 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 9070 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9071 /* look multi-byte character class */ | |
| 9072 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 9073 { | |
| 9074 prev_cclass = cclass; | |
| 9075 cclass = mb_get_class(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 9076 } | |
| 9077 #endif | |
| 9078 | |
| 9079 /* start of word? */ | |
| 9080 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(cc)) | |
| 9081 { | |
| 9082 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE; | |
| 9083 temp = vim_iswordc(cc); | |
| 9084 } | |
| 9085 /* end of word? */ | |
| 9086 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE | |
| 9087 && ((vim_isspace(cc) || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp) | |
| 7 | 9088 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 6712 | 9089 || prev_cclass != cclass |
| 9090 #endif | |
| 9091 )) | |
| 9092 { | |
| 9093 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9094 if (!revins_on) | |
| 9095 #endif | |
| 9096 inc_cursor(); | |
| 9097 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9098 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9099 dec_cursor(); | |
| 9100 #endif | |
| 9101 break; | |
| 9102 } | |
| 9103 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9104 replace_do_bs(-1); | |
| 9105 else | |
| 9106 { | |
| 7 | 9107 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 6712 | 9108 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco) |
| 9109 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc); | |
| 9110 #endif | |
| 9111 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 9112 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9113 /* | |
| 9114 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set | |
| 9115 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base | |
| 9116 * character. | |
| 9117 */ | |
| 9118 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL) | |
| 9119 inc_cursor(); | |
| 7 | 9120 #endif |
| 9121 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 6712 | 9122 if (revins_chars) |
| 9123 { | |
| 9124 revins_chars--; | |
| 9125 revins_legal++; | |
| 9126 } | |
| 9127 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 9128 break; | |
| 9129 #endif | |
| 7 | 9130 } |
| 6712 | 9131 /* Just a single backspace?: */ |
| 9132 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
| 7 | 9133 break; |
| 6712 | 9134 } while ( |
| 7 | 9135 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 6712 | 9136 revins_on || |
| 9137 #endif | |
| 9138 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol | |
| 9139 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart_orig.lnum | |
| 9140 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart_orig.col))); | |
| 9141 } | |
| 7 | 9142 did_backspace = TRUE; |
| 9143 } | |
| 9144 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 9145 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 9146 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 9147 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 9148 #endif | |
| 9149 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1) | |
| 9150 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 9151 /* | |
| 9152 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo | |
| 9153 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal | |
| 9154 * with. | |
| 9155 */ | |
| 9156 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 9157 | |
| 9158 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */ | |
| 5852 | 9159 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart_orig.lnum |
| 9160 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart_orig.col) | |
| 9161 Insstart_orig.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 7 | 9162 |
| 9163 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that | |
| 9164 * was there remains visible | |
| 9165 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that | |
| 9166 * was there is erased from the screen. | |
| 9167 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar | |
| 9168 * displayed even when there isn't. | |
| 9169 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */ | |
| 3318 | 9170 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == -1) |
| 7 | 9171 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; |
| 9172 | |
| 1514 | 9173 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 9174 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. | |
| 9175 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white | |
| 9176 * char before a Tab. */ | |
| 9177 if (did_backspace) | |
| 9178 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9179 #endif | |
| 9180 | |
| 7 | 9181 return did_backspace; |
| 9182 } | |
| 9183 | |
| 9184 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 9185 static void | |
| 9186 ins_mouse(c) | |
| 9187 int c; | |
| 9188 { | |
| 9189 pos_T tpos; | |
| 840 | 9190 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; |
| 7 | 9191 |
| 9192 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9193 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */ | |
| 9194 if (!gui.in_use) | |
| 9195 # endif | |
| 9196 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT)) | |
| 9197 return; | |
| 9198 | |
| 9199 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9200 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9201 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0)) | |
| 9202 { | |
| 840 | 9203 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 9204 win_T *new_curwin = curwin; | |
| 9205 | |
| 9206 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin)) | |
| 9207 { | |
| 9208 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the | |
| 9209 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */ | |
| 9210 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 9211 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9212 } | |
| 9213 #endif | |
| 9214 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL); | |
| 9215 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9216 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin)) | |
| 9217 { | |
| 9218 curwin = new_curwin; | |
| 9219 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9220 } | |
| 9221 #endif | |
| 7 | 9222 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
| 9223 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9224 # endif | |
| 9225 } | |
| 9226 | |
| 9227 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9228 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */ | |
| 9229 redraw_statuslines(); | |
| 9230 #endif | |
| 9231 } | |
| 9232 | |
| 9233 static void | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9234 ins_mousescroll(dir) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9235 int dir; |
| 7 | 9236 { |
| 9237 pos_T tpos; | |
| 1434 | 9238 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 9239 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; | |
| 9240 # endif | |
| 9241 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9242 int did_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 9243 # endif |
| 9244 | |
| 9245 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9246 | |
| 4162 | 9247 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 9248 if (mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0) | |
| 7 | 9249 { |
| 9250 int row, col; | |
| 9251 | |
| 9252 row = mouse_row; | |
| 9253 col = mouse_col; | |
| 9254 | |
| 9255 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */ | |
| 9256 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col); | |
| 9257 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9258 } | |
| 9259 if (curwin == old_curwin) | |
| 9260 # endif | |
| 9261 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9262 | |
| 1434 | 9263 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 9264 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */ | |
| 9265 if (!pum_visible() | |
| 9266 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 9267 || curwin != old_curwin | |
| 9268 # endif | |
| 9269 ) | |
| 9270 # endif | |
| 9271 { | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9272 if (dir == MSCR_DOWN || dir == MSCR_UP) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9273 { |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9274 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9275 scroll_redraw(dir, |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9276 (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline)); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9277 else |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9278 scroll_redraw(dir, 3L); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9279 } |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9280 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 1434 | 9281 else |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9282 { |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9283 int val, step = 6; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9284 |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9285 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9286 step = W_WIDTH(curwin); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9287 val = curwin->w_leftcol + (dir == MSCR_RIGHT ? -step : step); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9288 if (val < 0) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9289 val = 0; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9290 gui_do_horiz_scroll(val, TRUE); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9291 } |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9292 #endif |
| 1434 | 9293 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 9294 did_scroll = TRUE; | |
| 9295 # endif | |
| 9296 } | |
| 7 | 9297 |
| 4162 | 9298 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 7 | 9299 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; |
| 9300 | |
| 9301 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 9302 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9303 # endif | |
| 9304 | |
| 1434 | 9305 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 9306 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it. | |
| 9307 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are | |
| 9308 * overlapped by the popup menu. */ | |
| 9309 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll) | |
| 9310 { | |
| 9311 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); | |
| 9312 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 9313 } | |
| 9314 # endif | |
| 9315 | |
| 7 | 9316 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos)) |
| 9317 { | |
| 9318 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9319 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9320 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9321 # endif | |
| 9322 } | |
| 9323 } | |
| 9324 #endif | |
| 9325 | |
| 692 | 9326 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 724 | 9327 static void |
| 692 | 9328 ins_tabline(c) |
| 9329 int c; | |
| 9330 { | |
| 9331 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */ | |
| 9332 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE | |
| 9333 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab))) | |
| 9334 { | |
| 9335 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9336 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9337 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9338 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9339 # endif | |
| 9340 } | |
| 9341 | |
| 9342 if (c == K_TABLINE) | |
| 9343 goto_tabpage(current_tab); | |
| 9344 else | |
| 846 | 9345 { |
| 692 | 9346 handle_tabmenu(); |
| 846 | 9347 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */ |
| 9348 } | |
| 692 | 9349 } |
| 9350 #endif | |
| 9351 | |
| 9352 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7 | 9353 void |
| 9354 ins_scroll() | |
| 9355 { | |
| 9356 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9357 | |
| 9358 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9359 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9360 if (gui_do_scroll()) | |
| 9361 { | |
| 9362 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9363 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9364 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9365 # endif | |
| 9366 } | |
| 9367 } | |
| 9368 | |
| 9369 void | |
| 9370 ins_horscroll() | |
| 9371 { | |
| 9372 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9373 | |
| 9374 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9375 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9376 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll(scrollbar_value, FALSE)) |
| 7 | 9377 { |
| 9378 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9379 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9380 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9381 # endif | |
| 9382 } | |
| 9383 } | |
| 9384 #endif | |
| 9385 | |
| 9386 static void | |
| 9387 ins_left() | |
| 9388 { | |
| 9389 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9390 | |
| 9391 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9392 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9393 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9394 #endif | |
| 9395 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9396 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9397 if (oneleft() == OK) | |
| 9398 { | |
| 941 | 9399 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 9400 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will | |
| 9401 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */ | |
| 9402 if (!im_is_preediting()) | |
| 9403 #endif | |
| 9404 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 7 | 9405 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 9406 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */ | |
| 9407 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol) | |
| 9408 revins_legal++; | |
| 9409 revins_chars++; | |
| 9410 #endif | |
| 9411 } | |
| 9412 | |
| 9413 /* | |
| 9414 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to | |
| 9415 * previous line | |
| 9416 */ | |
| 9417 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 9418 { | |
| 9419 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9420 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 9421 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 9422 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */ | |
| 9423 } | |
| 9424 else | |
| 9425 vim_beep(); | |
| 9426 } | |
| 9427 | |
| 9428 static void | |
| 9429 ins_home(c) | |
| 9430 int c; | |
| 9431 { | |
| 9432 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9433 | |
| 9434 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9435 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9436 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9437 #endif | |
| 9438 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9439 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9440 if (c == K_C_HOME) | |
| 9441 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; | |
| 9442 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 9443 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9444 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 9445 #endif | |
| 9446 curwin->w_curswant = 0; | |
| 9447 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9448 } | |
| 9449 | |
| 9450 static void | |
| 9451 ins_end(c) | |
| 9452 int c; | |
| 9453 { | |
| 9454 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9455 | |
| 9456 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9457 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9458 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9459 #endif | |
| 9460 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9461 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9462 if (c == K_C_END) | |
| 9463 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 9464 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 9465 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL; | |
| 9466 | |
| 9467 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9468 } | |
| 9469 | |
| 9470 static void | |
| 9471 ins_s_left() | |
| 9472 { | |
| 9473 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9474 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9475 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9476 #endif | |
| 9477 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9478 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 9479 { | |
| 9480 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9481 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 9482 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9483 } | |
| 9484 else | |
| 9485 vim_beep(); | |
| 9486 } | |
| 9487 | |
| 9488 static void | |
| 9489 ins_right() | |
| 9490 { | |
| 9491 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9492 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9493 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9494 #endif | |
| 9495 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 1877 | 9496 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL |
| 9497 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9498 || virtual_active() | |
| 9499 #endif | |
| 7 | 9500 ) |
| 9501 { | |
| 9502 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9503 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9504 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9505 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 9506 oneright(); | |
| 9507 else | |
| 9508 #endif | |
| 9509 { | |
| 9510 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9511 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 474 | 9512 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); |
| 7 | 9513 else |
| 9514 #endif | |
| 9515 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 9516 } | |
| 9517 | |
| 9518 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9519 revins_legal++; | |
| 9520 if (revins_chars) | |
| 9521 revins_chars--; | |
| 9522 #endif | |
| 9523 } | |
| 9524 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the | |
| 9525 * cursor to the next line */ | |
| 9526 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL | |
| 9527 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 9528 { | |
| 9529 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9530 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9531 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 9532 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 9533 } | |
| 9534 else | |
| 9535 vim_beep(); | |
| 9536 } | |
| 9537 | |
| 9538 static void | |
| 9539 ins_s_right() | |
| 9540 { | |
| 9541 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9542 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9543 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9544 #endif | |
| 9545 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9546 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 9547 || gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 9548 { | |
| 9549 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9550 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0); | |
| 9551 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9552 } | |
| 9553 else | |
| 9554 vim_beep(); | |
| 9555 } | |
| 9556 | |
| 9557 static void | |
| 9558 ins_up(startcol) | |
| 9559 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
| 9560 { | |
| 9561 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9562 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 9563 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9564 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 9565 #endif | |
| 9566 | |
| 9567 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9568 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9569 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
| 9570 { | |
| 9571 if (startcol) | |
| 9572 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
| 9573 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
| 9574 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9575 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
| 9576 #endif | |
| 9577 ) | |
| 9578 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9579 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9580 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9581 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9582 #endif | |
| 9583 } | |
| 9584 else | |
| 9585 vim_beep(); | |
| 9586 } | |
| 9587 | |
| 9588 static void | |
| 9589 ins_pageup() | |
| 9590 { | |
| 9591 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9592 | |
| 9593 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 828 | 9594 |
| 9595 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9596 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 9597 { | |
| 9598 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */ | |
| 1013 | 9599 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 9600 { | |
| 9601 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9602 goto_tabpage(-1); | |
| 9603 } | |
| 828 | 9604 return; |
| 9605 } | |
| 9606 #endif | |
| 9607 | |
| 7 | 9608 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 9609 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
| 9610 { | |
| 9611 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9612 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9613 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9614 #endif | |
| 9615 } | |
| 9616 else | |
| 9617 vim_beep(); | |
| 9618 } | |
| 9619 | |
| 9620 static void | |
| 9621 ins_down(startcol) | |
| 9622 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
| 9623 { | |
| 9624 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9625 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 9626 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9627 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 9628 #endif | |
| 9629 | |
| 9630 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9631 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9632 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
| 9633 { | |
| 9634 if (startcol) | |
| 9635 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
| 9636 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
| 9637 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9638 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
| 9639 #endif | |
| 9640 ) | |
| 9641 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9642 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9643 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9644 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9645 #endif | |
| 9646 } | |
| 9647 else | |
| 9648 vim_beep(); | |
| 9649 } | |
| 9650 | |
| 9651 static void | |
| 9652 ins_pagedown() | |
| 9653 { | |
| 9654 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9655 | |
| 9656 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 828 | 9657 |
| 9658 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9659 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 9660 { | |
| 9661 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */ | |
| 1013 | 9662 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 9663 { | |
| 9664 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9665 goto_tabpage(0); | |
| 9666 } | |
| 828 | 9667 return; |
| 9668 } | |
| 9669 #endif | |
| 9670 | |
| 7 | 9671 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 9672 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
| 9673 { | |
| 9674 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9675 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9676 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9677 #endif | |
| 9678 } | |
| 9679 else | |
| 9680 vim_beep(); | |
| 9681 } | |
| 9682 | |
| 9683 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 9684 static void | |
| 9685 ins_drop() | |
| 9686 { | |
| 9687 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND); | |
| 9688 } | |
| 9689 #endif | |
| 9690 | |
| 9691 /* | |
| 9692 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode. | |
| 9693 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character. | |
| 9694 */ | |
| 9695 static int | |
| 9696 ins_tab() | |
| 9697 { | |
| 9698 int ind; | |
| 9699 int i; | |
| 9700 int temp; | |
| 9701 | |
| 9702 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
| 9703 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
| 9704 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 9705 return FALSE; | |
| 9706 | |
| 9707 ind = inindent(0); | |
| 9708 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9709 if (ind) | |
| 9710 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 9711 #endif | |
| 9712 | |
| 9713 /* | |
| 9714 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character | |
| 9715 */ | |
| 9716 if (!curbuf->b_p_et | |
| 5438 | 9717 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != get_sw_value(curbuf)) |
| 3873 | 9718 && get_sts_value() == 0) |
| 7 | 9719 return TRUE; |
| 9720 | |
| 9721 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 9722 return TRUE; | |
| 9723 | |
| 9724 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 9725 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 9726 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 9727 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 9728 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 9729 #endif | |
| 9730 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t"); | |
| 9731 | |
| 9732 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */ | |
| 5438 | 9733 temp = (int)get_sw_value(curbuf); |
| 3873 | 9734 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */ |
| 9735 temp = (int)get_sts_value(); | |
| 7 | 9736 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */ |
| 9737 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 9738 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp; | |
| 9739 | |
| 9740 /* | |
| 9741 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in | |
| 9742 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any | |
| 9743 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters. | |
| 9744 */ | |
| 9745 ins_char(' '); | |
| 9746 while (--temp > 0) | |
| 9747 { | |
| 9748 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9749 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9750 ins_char(' '); | |
| 9751 else | |
| 9752 #endif | |
| 9753 { | |
| 9754 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
| 9755 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */ | |
| 9756 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 9757 } | |
| 9758 } | |
| 9759 | |
| 9760 /* | |
| 9761 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible. | |
| 9762 */ | |
| 3873 | 9763 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (get_sts_value() || (p_sta && ind))) |
| 7 | 9764 { |
| 9765 char_u *ptr; | |
| 9766 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9767 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 9768 pos_T pos; | |
| 9769 #endif | |
| 9770 pos_T fpos; | |
| 9771 pos_T *cursor; | |
| 9772 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol; | |
| 9773 int change_col = -1; | |
| 9774 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 9775 | |
| 9776 /* | |
| 9777 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes | |
| 9778 * yet, just work on a copy of the line. | |
| 9779 */ | |
| 9780 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9781 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9782 { | |
| 9783 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9784 cursor = &pos; | |
| 9785 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 9786 if (saved_line == NULL) | |
| 9787 return FALSE; | |
| 9788 ptr = saved_line + pos.col; | |
| 9789 } | |
| 9790 else | |
| 9791 #endif | |
| 9792 { | |
| 9793 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 9794 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9795 } | |
| 9796 | |
| 9797 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */ | |
| 9798 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 9799 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 9800 | |
| 9801 /* Find first white before the cursor */ | |
| 9802 fpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9803 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1])) | |
| 9804 { | |
| 9805 --fpos.col; | |
| 9806 --ptr; | |
| 9807 } | |
| 9808 | |
| 9809 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */ | |
| 9810 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9811 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 9812 && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 9813 { | |
| 9814 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col; | |
| 9815 fpos.col = Insstart.col; | |
| 9816 } | |
| 9817 | |
| 9818 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */ | |
| 9819 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 9820 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 9821 | |
| 5995 | 9822 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'breakindent', 'showbreak' |
| 9823 * and 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */ | |
| 7 | 9824 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr)) |
| 9825 { | |
| 5995 | 9826 i = lbr_chartabsize(NULL, (char_u *)"\t", vcol); |
| 7 | 9827 if (vcol + i > want_vcol) |
| 9828 break; | |
| 9829 if (*ptr != TAB) | |
| 9830 { | |
| 9831 *ptr = TAB; | |
| 9832 if (change_col < 0) | |
| 9833 { | |
| 9834 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */ | |
| 9835 /* May have to adjust Insstart */ | |
| 9836 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 9837 Insstart.col = fpos.col; | |
| 9838 } | |
| 9839 } | |
| 9840 ++fpos.col; | |
| 9841 ++ptr; | |
| 9842 vcol += i; | |
| 9843 } | |
| 9844 | |
| 9845 if (change_col >= 0) | |
| 9846 { | |
| 9847 int repl_off = 0; | |
| 5995 | 9848 char_u *line = ptr; |
| 7 | 9849 |
| 9850 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */ | |
| 9851 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ') | |
| 9852 { | |
| 5995 | 9853 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(line, ptr, vcol); |
| 7 | 9854 ++ptr; |
| 9855 ++repl_off; | |
| 9856 } | |
| 9857 if (vcol > want_vcol) | |
| 9858 { | |
| 9859 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */ | |
| 9860 --ptr; | |
| 9861 --repl_off; | |
| 9862 } | |
| 9863 fpos.col += repl_off; | |
| 9864 | |
| 9865 /* Delete following spaces. */ | |
| 9866 i = cursor->col - fpos.col; | |
| 9867 if (i > 0) | |
| 9868 { | |
| 1622 | 9869 STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i); |
| 7 | 9870 /* correct replace stack. */ |
| 9871 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9872 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9873 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9874 #endif | |
| 9875 ) | |
| 9876 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; ) | |
| 9877 replace_join(repl_off); | |
| 9878 } | |
| 33 | 9879 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG |
| 2210 | 9880 if (netbeans_active()) |
| 33 | 9881 { |
|
2209
d0ddf7ba1630
Included the patch to support netbeans in a terminal.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
9882 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, (long)(i + 1)); |
| 33 | 9883 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, |
| 9884 (char_u *)"\t", 1); | |
| 9885 } | |
| 9886 #endif | |
| 7 | 9887 cursor->col -= i; |
| 9888 | |
| 9889 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9890 /* | |
| 9891 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by | |
| 9892 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new | |
| 9893 * spacing. | |
| 9894 */ | |
| 9895 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9896 { | |
| 9897 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */ | |
| 9898 backspace_until_column(change_col); | |
| 9899 | |
| 9900 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to | |
| 9901 * ptr-cursor */ | |
| 9902 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col, | |
| 9903 cursor->col - change_col); | |
| 9904 } | |
| 9905 #endif | |
| 9906 } | |
| 9907 | |
| 9908 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9909 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9910 vim_free(saved_line); | |
| 9911 #endif | |
| 9912 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; | |
| 9913 } | |
| 9914 | |
| 9915 return FALSE; | |
| 9916 } | |
| 9917 | |
| 9918 /* | |
| 9919 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode. | |
| 9920 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo. | |
| 9921 */ | |
| 9922 static int | |
| 9923 ins_eol(c) | |
| 9924 int c; | |
| 9925 { | |
| 9926 int i; | |
| 9927 | |
| 9928 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 9929 return FALSE; | |
| 9930 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 9931 return TRUE; | |
| 9932 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9933 | |
| 9934 /* | |
| 9935 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the | |
| 9936 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack, | |
| 9937 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted. | |
| 9938 */ | |
| 9939 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9940 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9941 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9942 #endif | |
| 9943 ) | |
| 9944 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 9945 | |
| 9946 /* | |
| 9947 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts | |
| 9948 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the | |
| 9949 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done | |
| 9950 * in open_line(). | |
| 9951 */ | |
| 9952 | |
| 844 | 9953 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 9954 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after | |
| 9955 * CTRL-O). */ | |
| 9956 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 9957 coladvance(getviscol()); | |
| 9958 #endif | |
| 9959 | |
| 7 | 9960 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 9961 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 9962 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap) | |
| 9963 fkmap(NL); | |
| 9964 # endif | |
| 9965 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of | |
| 9966 * current line. */ | |
| 9967 if (revins_on) | |
| 9968 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 9969 #endif | |
| 9970 | |
| 9971 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR); | |
| 9972 i = open_line(FORWARD, | |
| 9973 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 9974 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : | |
| 9975 #endif | |
| 9976 0, old_indent); | |
| 9977 old_indent = 0; | |
| 9978 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9979 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9980 #endif | |
| 1032 | 9981 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 9982 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */ | |
| 9983 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9984 #endif | |
| 7 | 9985 |
| 9986 return (!i); | |
| 9987 } | |
| 9988 | |
| 9989 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 9990 /* | |
| 9991 * Handle digraph in insert mode. | |
| 9992 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be | |
| 9993 * done. | |
| 9994 */ | |
| 9995 static int | |
| 9996 ins_digraph() | |
| 9997 { | |
| 9998 int c; | |
| 9999 int cc; | |
| 2811 | 10000 int did_putchar = FALSE; |
| 7 | 10001 |
| 10002 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 10003 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 10004 { | |
| 10005 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 10006 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 10007 |
| 10008 edit_putchar('?', TRUE); | |
| 2811 | 10009 did_putchar = TRUE; |
| 7 | 10010 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
| 10011 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K); | |
| 10012 #endif | |
| 10013 } | |
| 10014 | |
| 10015 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 10016 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 10017 #endif | |
| 10018 | |
| 10019 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the | |
| 10020 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */ | |
| 10021 ++no_mapping; | |
| 10022 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 10023 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 10024 --no_mapping; |
| 10025 --allow_keys; | |
| 2811 | 10026 if (did_putchar) |
| 10027 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the next | |
| 10028 * line and will not be removed by the redraw */ | |
| 10029 edit_unputchar(); | |
|
2319
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
10030 |
| 7 | 10031 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */ |
| 10032 { | |
| 10033 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 10034 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 10035 #endif | |
| 10036 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 10037 return NUL; | |
| 10038 } | |
| 10039 if (c != ESC) | |
| 10040 { | |
| 2811 | 10041 did_putchar = FALSE; |
| 7 | 10042 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) |
| 10043 { | |
| 10044 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 10045 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 10046 |
| 10047 if (char2cells(c) == 1) | |
| 10048 { | |
| 661 | 10049 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 10050 edit_putchar(c, TRUE); |
| 2811 | 10051 did_putchar = TRUE; |
| 7 | 10052 } |
| 10053 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 10054 add_to_showcmd_c(c); | |
| 10055 #endif | |
| 10056 } | |
| 10057 ++no_mapping; | |
| 10058 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 10059 cc = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 10060 --no_mapping; |
| 10061 --allow_keys; | |
| 2811 | 10062 if (did_putchar) |
| 10063 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the | |
| 10064 * next line and will not be removed by a redraw */ | |
| 10065 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 7 | 10066 if (cc != ESC) |
| 10067 { | |
| 10068 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); | |
| 10069 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE); | |
| 10070 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 10071 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 10072 #endif | |
| 10073 return c; | |
| 10074 } | |
| 10075 } | |
| 10076 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 10077 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 10078 #endif | |
| 10079 return NUL; | |
| 10080 } | |
| 10081 #endif | |
| 10082 | |
| 10083 /* | |
| 10084 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line. | |
| 10085 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found. | |
| 10086 */ | |
| 3501 | 10087 int |
| 7 | 10088 ins_copychar(lnum) |
| 10089 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 10090 { | |
| 10091 int c; | |
| 10092 int temp; | |
| 10093 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr; | |
| 5995 | 10094 char_u *line; |
| 7 | 10095 |
| 10096 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 10097 { | |
| 10098 vim_beep(); | |
| 10099 return NUL; | |
| 10100 } | |
| 10101 | |
| 10102 /* try to advance to the cursor column */ | |
| 10103 temp = 0; | |
| 5995 | 10104 line = ptr = ml_get(lnum); |
| 7 | 10105 prev_ptr = ptr; |
| 10106 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 10107 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 10108 { | |
| 10109 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 5995 | 10110 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(line, &ptr, (colnr_T)temp); |
| 7 | 10111 } |
| 10112 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 10113 ptr = prev_ptr; | |
| 10114 | |
| 10115 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 10116 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); | |
| 10117 #else | |
| 10118 c = *ptr; | |
| 10119 #endif | |
| 10120 if (c == NUL) | |
| 10121 vim_beep(); | |
| 10122 return c; | |
| 10123 } | |
| 10124 | |
| 449 | 10125 /* |
| 10126 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode. | |
| 10127 */ | |
| 10128 static int | |
| 10129 ins_ctrl_ey(tc) | |
| 10130 int tc; | |
| 10131 { | |
| 10132 int c = tc; | |
| 10133 | |
| 10134 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 10135 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
| 10136 { | |
| 10137 if (c == Ctrl_Y) | |
| 10138 scrolldown_clamp(); | |
| 10139 else | |
| 10140 scrollup_clamp(); | |
| 10141 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 10142 } | |
| 10143 else | |
| 10144 #endif | |
| 10145 { | |
| 10146 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1)); | |
| 10147 if (c != NUL) | |
| 10148 { | |
| 10149 long tw_save; | |
| 10150 | |
| 10151 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it | |
| 10152 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth' | |
| 10153 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a | |
| 10154 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */ | |
| 10155 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c)) | |
| 10156 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ | |
| 10157 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
| 10158 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1; | |
| 10159 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 10160 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save; | |
| 10161 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 10162 revins_chars++; | |
| 10163 revins_legal++; | |
| 10164 #endif | |
| 10165 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */ | |
| 10166 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 10167 } | |
| 10168 } | |
| 10169 return c; | |
| 10170 } | |
| 10171 | |
| 7 | 10172 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 10173 /* | |
| 10174 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting. | |
| 10175 * Used when inserting a "normal" character. | |
| 10176 */ | |
| 10177 static void | |
| 10178 ins_try_si(c) | |
| 10179 int c; | |
| 10180 { | |
| 10181 pos_T *pos, old_pos; | |
| 10182 char_u *ptr; | |
| 10183 int i; | |
| 10184 int temp; | |
| 10185 | |
| 10186 /* | |
| 10187 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}' | |
| 10188 */ | |
| 10189 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}')) | |
| 10190 { | |
| 10191 /* | |
| 10192 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{' | |
| 10193 */ | |
| 10194 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL) | |
| 10195 { | |
| 10196 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 10197 /* | |
| 10198 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring | |
| 10199 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line | |
| 10200 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the | |
| 10201 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple | |
| 10202 * lines -- webb | |
| 10203 */ | |
| 10204 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum); | |
| 10205 i = pos->col; | |
| 10206 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */ | |
| 10207 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i])) | |
| 10208 ; | |
| 10209 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 10210 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; | |
| 10211 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) | |
| 10212 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; | |
| 10213 i = get_indent(); | |
| 10214 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
| 10215 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 10216 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1516 | 10217 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); |
| 7 | 10218 else |
| 10219 #endif | |
| 10220 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 10221 } | |
| 10222 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 10223 { | |
| 10224 /* | |
| 10225 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not | |
| 10226 * more than indent of previous line | |
| 10227 */ | |
| 10228 temp = TRUE; | |
| 10229 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 10230 { | |
| 10231 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 10232 i = get_indent(); | |
| 10233 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 10234 { | |
| 10235 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))); | |
| 10236 | |
| 10237 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */ | |
| 10238 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 10239 break; | |
| 10240 } | |
| 10241 if (get_indent() >= i) | |
| 10242 temp = FALSE; | |
| 10243 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
| 10244 } | |
| 10245 if (temp) | |
| 1516 | 10246 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE); |
| 7 | 10247 } |
| 10248 } | |
| 10249 | |
| 10250 /* | |
| 10251 * set indent of '#' always to 0 | |
| 10252 */ | |
| 10253 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#') | |
| 10254 { | |
| 10255 /* remember current indent for next line */ | |
| 10256 old_indent = get_indent(); | |
| 10257 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 10258 } | |
| 10259 | |
| 10260 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */ | |
| 10261 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 10262 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 10263 } | |
| 10264 #endif | |
| 10265 | |
| 10266 /* | |
| 10267 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off. | |
| 10268 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. | |
| 10269 */ | |
| 10270 static colnr_T | |
| 10271 get_nolist_virtcol() | |
| 10272 { | |
| 10273 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 10274 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 10275 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 10276 return curwin->w_virtcol; | |
| 10277 } | |
| 3390 | 10278 |
| 10279 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 10280 /* | |
| 10281 * Handle the InsertCharPre autocommand. | |
| 10282 * "c" is the character that was typed. | |
| 10283 * Return a pointer to allocated memory with the replacement string. | |
| 10284 * Return NULL to continue inserting "c". | |
| 10285 */ | |
| 10286 static char_u * | |
| 10287 do_insert_char_pre(c) | |
| 10288 int c; | |
| 10289 { | |
| 3547 | 10290 char_u *res; |
| 10291 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 3390 | 10292 |
| 10293 /* Return quickly when there is nothing to do. */ | |
| 10294 if (!has_insertcharpre()) | |
| 10295 return NULL; | |
| 10296 | |
| 3547 | 10297 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 10298 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 10299 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; | |
| 10300 else | |
| 10301 #endif | |
| 10302 { | |
| 10303 buf[0] = c; | |
| 10304 buf[1] = NUL; | |
| 10305 } | |
| 10306 | |
| 3390 | 10307 /* Lock the text to avoid weird things from happening. */ |
| 10308 ++textlock; | |
| 3547 | 10309 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, buf, -1); /* set v:char */ |
| 10310 | |
| 10311 res = NULL; | |
| 3390 | 10312 if (apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHARPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf)) |
| 3547 | 10313 { |
| 10314 /* Get the value of v:char. It may be empty or more than one | |
| 10315 * character. Only use it when changed, otherwise continue with the | |
| 10316 * original character to avoid breaking autoindent. */ | |
| 10317 if (STRCMP(buf, get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR)) != 0) | |
| 10318 res = vim_strsave(get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR)); | |
| 10319 } | |
| 3390 | 10320 |
| 10321 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1); /* clear v:char */ | |
| 10322 --textlock; | |
| 10323 | |
| 10324 return res; | |
| 10325 } | |
| 10326 #endif |